Use these links to rapidly review the document
Table of Contents
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K


ý

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010

OR

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

For the transition period from                to              

Commission File Number 1-10670

HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter.)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  84-0904275
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

10910 Domain Drive, Suite 300, Austin, TX
(Address of principal executive offices)

 

78758
(Zip Code)

         Registrant's phone number, including area code: (512) 777-3800

         Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of class   Name of exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share   New York Stock Exchange

         Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act Yes  o     No  ý

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  o     No  ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days: Yes  ý     No  o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  o     No  o

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of "accelerated filer," "large accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one).

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  ý   Non-accelerated filer  o
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  o     No  ý

         State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter. $579,278,194

         As of February 28, 2011 the registrant had 33,366,100 shares of its Common Stock issued and outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

         The information called for by Part III of the Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the registrant's definitive proxy statement or amendment hereto which will be filed not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report.


Table of Contents


INDEX

Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc.

   

Part I

       

 

Item 1. Business

  3

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

  16

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

  18

 

Item 2. Properties

  19

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

  19

 

Executive Officers of the Registrant

  20

 

Item 4. [Removed and Reserved]

  22

Part II

       

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

  22

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

  25

 

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  27

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

  44

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

  44

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

  44

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

  44

 

Item 9B. Other Information

  45

Part III

       

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

  46

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

  46

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

  46

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

  46

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

  46

Part IV

       

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

  47

Signatures

 
51

Exhibits, including certifications of CEO and CFO

   

2


Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1.     BUSINESS .

Business Overview

General

        The goal of Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc. (the "Company") is to be the world's premier provider of services and products that enhance human physical capabilities. We provide orthotic and prosthetic patient care services, distribute O&P devices and components, manage O&P networks, and provide therapeutic solutions to the broader post acute market. We are the largest owner and operator of orthotic and prosthetic patient care centers in the United States and the largest dedicated distributor of O&P products in the United States. We operate in excess of 675 O&P patient care centers located in 45 states and the District of Columbia and five strategically located distribution facilities. In addition to providing O&P services and products we, through our subsidiary, Linkia LLC ("Linkia"), manage an O&P network and develop programs to manage all aspects of O&P patient care for insurance companies. We provide therapeutic solutions through our subsidiaries Innovative Neurotronics and Accelerated Care Plus. Innovative Neurotronics ("IN, Inc.") introduces emerging neuromuscular technologies developed through independent research in a collaborative effort with industry suppliers worldwide. Accelerated Care Plus ("ACP") is a developer of specialized rehabilitation technologies and a leading provider of evidence-based clinical programs for post-acute rehabilitation serving more than 4,000 long-term care facilities and other sub-acute rehabilitation providers throughout the U.S.

        For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, our net sales were $817.4 million, $760.1 million, and $703.1 million, respectively. We recorded net income of $21.4 million, $36.1 million, and $26.7 million, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

        We have three segments—patient care services, distribution, and therapeutic solutions. The following table summarizes the percentage of total revenue derived from each segment:

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2010   2009   2008  

Patient-care services

    87.5 %   88.3 %   88.3 %

Distribution

    11.7 %   11.6 %   11.5 %

Therapeutic solutions

    0.8 %   0.1 %   0.2 %

        See Note O to our consolidated financial statements contained herein elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for financial information about our segments.

Industry Overview

        We provide goods and services to the O&P, post-acute, and other rehabilitation markets. We estimate that the O&P patient care market in the United States is approximately $2.6 billion, of which we account for approximately 27%, and the post-acute rehabilitation and other rehabilitation market is approximately $1.3 billion, of which we account for 5%. We commissioned a study over the past six to nine months which identified additional opportunities to leverage our expertise beyond the traditional O&P market, and we believe these additional opportunities could potentially expand our available O&P market by an additional $1.4 billion to $4.0 billion.

        The O&P patient care services market is highly fragmented and is characterized by local, independent O&P businesses, with the majority of these businesses generally having a single facility with annual revenues of less than $1.0 million. We do not believe that any single competitor accounts for more than 2% of the country's total estimated O&P patient care services revenue.

3


Table of Contents

        The O&P services industry is characterized by stable, recurring revenues, primarily resulting from new patients as well as the need for periodic replacement and modification of O&P devices. Based on our experience, the average replacement time for orthotic devices is one to three years, while the average replacement time for prosthetic devices is three to five years. There is also an attendant need for continuing O&P patient care services. In addition to the inherent need for periodic replacement and modification of O&P devices and continuing care, we expect the demand for O&P services will continue to grow as a result of several key trends, including the aging of the U.S. population, resulting in an increase in incidence of disease, and the demands for new and advanced devices.

        We estimate the post-acute rehabilitation market to include approximately 15,000 skilled nursing facilities and to have a market potential of approximately $0.2 billion. We provide technologically advanced rehabilitation equipment and clinical programs to approximately 30% of the post-acute market. We estimate the broader rehabilitation markets, which include independent rehabilitation providers and providers in other post-acute settings, to be approximately $1.1 billion. We currently provide goods and services to very few customers in this portion of the market, however, we believe this market would benefit from our products and services.

Business Strategy

        Our goal is to be the provider of choice for products and services that enhance human physical capabilities. We focus on disciplined diversification of our revenue streams both within our traditional orthotic and prosthetics market and in complimentary and adjacent markets that expand our continuum of care. In addition, we continue to focus on gaining operational efficiencies and expanding the market share of our core businesses. We have implemented a strategy of disciplined diversification through internal efforts by developing business such as IN, Inc., Linkia, Dosteon, CARES, and in adjacent markets through the acquisition of SureFit and ACP.

        Our internal efforts focus on leveraging the resources and expertise of our core O&P patient care services business in order to provide additional products and services to our patients. IN, Inc. was created to bring innovative applications and product technology to market. IN, Inc.'s first two products are the WalkAide and V-Hold and both are good examples of bringing new products to the O&P market place. Our knowledge of the O&P market place enabled us to create Linkia, which is the only O&P provider network management service company that functions as a liaison between provider networks and third party health insurance companies. Linkia provides insurance payors with data and administrative services that allow these payors to provide higher quality more efficient care to their insureds; in return this solidifies our relationship with payors and allows us to negotiate favorable national or regional contracts. We continually assess market opportunities to identify additional opportunities to leverage our footprint and expertise beyond the traditional O&P market. We have identified and are piloting two new channels of revenue; CARES and Dosteon. CARES is a pilot program that works with hospital emergency rooms to provide a wide variety of orthotic and durable medical equipment ("DME") products, while Dosteon partners with physicians offices, such as orthopedic and vascular surgeons to provide for the postoperative needs of their patients. These pilot businesses, along with dedicated sales personnel, help us sell into markets not previously served by our traditional brick and mortar facilities. We are encouraged with the progress of these businesses and their ability to contribute to the growth of our patient care business.

        We continually look to diversify our revenue streams outside of our core O&P business. We have executed this through the acquisition of SureFit and ACP. SureFit, which is a part of our distribution business, expanded our continuum of care into the podiatry market by providing custom shoe inserts and shoes. ACP, which combined with IN, Inc., comprises our Therapeutic Solutions segment. Therapeutic Solutions provides the platform to expand into the post-acute and other rehabilitation markets by providing technologically advanced therapeutic equipment and related clinical protocols which enhance the productivity and outcomes of rehabilitative care. We also look to leverage the

4


Table of Contents


relationships we have with the rehabilitation providers in order to provide our traditional O&P offerings to their patients.

        It is also our goal to continue to provide superior patient care and be the most cost-efficient, full service, national O&P operator distributor. The key elements of our strategy to achieve this goal are to:

    Improve our performance by:

    investing in and developing new processes to improve the productivity of our practitioners and our distribution centers, including the use of scanning technology as well as development of a comprehensive electronic practice management system;

    continuing periodic patient evaluations to gauge patient satisfaction as well as the functionality of their device;

    improving the utilization and efficiency of administrative and corporate support services;

    enhancing margins through continued consolidation of vendors and product offering; and

    leveraging our market share to increase sales and improve pricing;

    Increase our market share and net sales by:

    continued marketing of Linkia to regional and national providers and contracting with national and regional managed care providers who we believe select us as a preferred O&P provider because of our reputation, national reach, density of the network and our ability to monitor quality and outcomes while reducing administrative expenses;

    increasing the volume of our patient care business through enhanced comprehensive marketing programs aimed at referring physicians and patients. Our patient Evaluation Clinics program, allows patients to have their devices inspected and serviced if necessary. The program also informs them of technological improvements which may benefit them by further improving their mobility. Our "People in Motion" program also introduces potential patients to the latest O&P technology;

    expanding the breadth of products being offered through our distribution segment and our patient care centers;

    increasing the number of practitioners through our residency program; and

    Selectively acquiring small and medium-sized O&P patient care service businesses and opening satellite patient-care centers primarily to expand our presence within an existing market and secondarily to enter into new markets;

Business Description

Patient Care Services

        As of December 31, 2010, we provided O&P patient care services through 678 patient-care centers and over 1,100 practitioners in 45 states and the District of Columbia. Substantially all of our practitioners are certified, or are candidates for formal certification, by the O&P industry certifying boards. A practitioner manages each of our patient-care centers. Our patient-care centers also employ highly trained technical personnel who assist in the provision of services to patients and who fabricate various O&P devices, as well as office administrators who schedule patient visits, obtain approvals from payors and bill and collect for services rendered.

        In our orthotics business, we design, fabricate, fit and maintain a wide range of custom-made braces and other devices (such as spinal, knee and sports-medicine braces) that provide external support to patients suffering from musculoskeletal disorders, such as ailments of the back, extremities or joints and injuries from sports or other activities. In our prosthetics business, we design, fabricate, fit

5


Table of Contents


and maintain custom-made artificial limbs for patients who are without limbs as a result of traumatic injuries, vascular diseases, diabetes, cancer or congenital disorders. O&P devices are increasingly technologically advanced and are custom-designed to add functionality and comfort to patients' lives, shorten the rehabilitation process and lower the cost of rehabilitation. Patients are referred to Hanger by an attending physician who determines a patient's treatment and writes a prescription. Our practitioners then consult with both the referring physician and the patient with a view toward assisting in the design of an orthotic or prosthetic device to meet the patient's needs.

        The fitting process often involves several stages in order to successfully achieve desired functional and cosmetic results. The practitioner creates a cast and takes detailed measurements, frequently using our digital imaging system (Insignia), of the patient's residual limb to ensure an anatomically correct fit. Prosthetic devices are custom fabricated and fit by skilled practitioners. The majority of the orthotic devices provided by us are custom designed, fabricated and fit; the remainder are prefabricated but custom fit.

        Custom devices are fabricated by our skilled technicians using plaster castings, measurements and designs made by our practitioners and by utilization of our proprietary Insignia system. The Insignia system replaces plaster casting of a patient's residual limb with a computer generated image. Insignia provides a very accurate image, faster turnaround for the patient, and a more professional overall experience. Technicians use advanced materials and technologies to fabricate a custom device under quality assurance guidelines. Custom designed devices that cannot be fabricated at the patient-care centers are fabricated at one of several central fabrication facilities.

        To provide timely service to our patients, we employ technical personnel and maintain laboratories at many of our patient-care centers. We have earned a strong reputation within the O&P industry for the development and use of innovative technology in our products, which has increased patient comfort and capability, and can significantly enhance the rehabilitation process. The quality of our services and the success of our technological advances have generated broad media coverage, building our brand equity among payors, patients and referring physicians.

Provider Network Management

        Linkia is the first provider network management company dedicated solely to serving the O&P market. Linkia is dedicated to managing the O&P services of national and regional insurance companies. Linkia partners with healthcare insurance companies by securing a national or regional contract either as a preferred provider or to manage their O&P network of providers. Linkia's network now includes approximately 1,000 O&P provider locations, including approximately 350 independent providers. As of December 31, 2010, Linkia had 43 contracts with national and regional providers.

Distribution Services

        We distribute O&P components to independent customers and to our own patient-care centers through our wholly-owned subsidiary, SPS, which is the nation's largest dedicated O&P distributor. We are also a leading manufacturer and distributor of therapeutic footwear for diabetic patients in the podiatric market. SPS maintains in inventory approximately 26,000 individual SKUs manufactured by more than 50 different companies. SPS maintains distribution facilities in California, Florida, Georgia, Pennsylvania, and Texas, which allows us to deliver products via ground shipment anywhere in the contiguous United States typically within two business days.

        Our distribution business enables us to:

    centralize our purchasing and thus lower our material costs by negotiating purchasing discounts from manufacturers;

    reduce our patient-care center inventory levels and improve inventory turns;

6


Table of Contents

    perform inventory quality control;

    encourage our patient-care centers to use clinically appropriate products that enhance our profit margins; and

    coordinate new product development efforts with key vendor "partners".

        Marketing of our distribution services is conducted on a national basis through a dedicated sales force, print and e-commerce catalogues, and exhibits at industry and medical meetings and conventions. We direct specialized catalogues to segments of the healthcare industry, such as orthopedic surgeons, physical and occupational therapists, and podiatrists.

Therapeutic Solutions

        We provide therapeutic solutions to the O&P market and post-acute rehabilitation market through its subsidiaries IN, Inc. and ACP. IN, Inc. specializes in product development, principally in the field of functional electrical stimulation. Working with the inventors under licensing and consulting agreements, IN, Inc. commercializes the design, obtains regulatory approvals, develops clinical protocols for the technology, and then introduces the devices to the marketplace through a variety of distribution channels. IN, Inc.'s first product, the WalkAide System ("WalkAide"), has received FDA approval, achieved ISO 13485:2004 and ISO 9001:2000 certification, as well as the European CE Mark, which are widely accepted quality management standards for medical devices and related services. In November 2008, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services ("CMS") overturned a non-coverage decision and assigned a specific E-code to the WalkAide, which is reimbursable for beneficiaries with foot drop due to incomplete spinal cord injuries. The code was effective January 1, 2009. IN, Inc. is conducting trials in its effort to gain additional coverage for stroke rehabilitation which represents the largest potential patient population. IN, Inc. anticipates that these trials will be completed by the end of 2011 with submission of data to CMS during 2012. In addition to reimbursement from Medicare and Medicaid, IN, Inc. has been working with commercial insurance companies and has had limited success in obtaining payment for the WalkAide device. The WalkAide is sold in the United States through our patient care centers and SPS. IN, Inc. is also marketing the WalkAide internationally through licensed distributors.

        On December 1, 2010 we acquired ACP, which is the nation's leading provider of rehabilitation technologies and integrated clinical programs to rehabilitation providers. We have contracts to serve more than 4,000 skilled nursing facilities nationwide, including 22 of the 25 largest national providers. Our unique value proposition is to provide our customers with a full-service "total solutions" approach encompassing proven medical technology, evidence based clinical programs, and continuous onsite therapist education and training. Our services support increasingly advanced treatment options for a broader patient population and more medically complex conditions.

Reimbursement

        The principal reimbursement sources for our services are:

    commercial and other, which consist of individuals, rehabilitation providers, private insurance companies, HMOs, PPOs, hospitals, vocational rehabilitation, workers' compensation programs and similar sources;

    Medicare, a federally funded health insurance program providing health insurance coverage for persons aged 65 or older and certain disabled persons, which provides reimbursement for O&P products and services based on prices set forth in fee schedules for 10 regional service areas;

    Medicaid, a health insurance program jointly funded by federal and state governments providing health insurance coverage for certain persons in financial need, regardless of age, which may supplement Medicare benefits for financially needy persons aged 65 or older; and

    the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs.

7


Table of Contents

        We estimate that government reimbursement, comprised of Medicare, Medicaid and the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, in the aggregate, accounted for approximately 40.4%, 40.5%, and 39.7% of our net sales in 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. These payors have set maximum reimbursement levels for O&P services and products. Medicare prices are adjusted each year based on the Consumer Price Index-Urban ("CPIU") unless congress acts to change or eliminate the adjustment. The Medicare price (decreases)/increases for 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008, and 2007 were (0.1%), 0.0%, 5.0%, 2.7%, and 4.3%, respectively. There can be no assurance that future changes will not reduce reimbursements for O&P services and products from these sources.

        We enter into contracts with third-party payors that allow us to perform O&P services for a referred patient and be paid under the contract with the third-party payor. These contracts typically have a stated term of one to three years. These contracts generally may be terminated without cause by either party on 60 to 90 days' notice or on 30 days' notice if we have not complied with certain licensing, certification, program standards, Medicare or Medicaid requirements or other regulatory requirements. Reimbursement for services is typically based on a fee schedule negotiated with the third-party payor that reflects various factors, including geographic area and number of persons covered. Renewals can be impacted by competition from small independent O&P providers who from time to time will accept contracts with below market reimbursement in order to gain market share. We also enter into contracts with customers to provide rehabilitation technologies and integrated clinical programs. These contracts contain negotiated pricing and the term ranges from one to five years.

        Through the normal course of business, we receive patient deposits on devices not yet delivered. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had received $0.8 million and $0.9 million of deposits, respectively, from our patients.

Competitive Strengths

        We believe the combination of the following competitive strengths will help us in growing our businesses through an increase in our net sales, net income and market share:

    Leading market position both in the O&P market place and in the post acute rehabilitation markets;

    National scale of operations, which better enables us to:

    establish our brand name and generate economies of scale;

    implement best practices throughout the Company;

    utilize shared fabrication facilities;

    contract with national and regional managed care entities;

    identify, test and deploy emerging technology; and

    increase our influence on, and input into, regulatory trends;

    Distribution of, and purchasing power for, O&P components and finished O&P products, which enables us to:

    negotiate greater purchasing discounts from manufacturers and freight providers;

    reduce patient-care center inventory levels and improve inventory turns through centralized purchasing control;

    quickly access prefabricated and finished O&P products;

    promote the usage by our patient-care centers of clinically appropriate products that also enhance our profit margins;

8


Table of Contents

      engage in co-marketing and O&P product development programs with suppliers; and

      expand the non-Hanger client base of our distribution segment;

    Development of leading-edge technology to be brought to market through our patient practices and licensed distributors worldwide;

    Practitioner compensation plans that financially reward practitioners for their efficient management of accounts receivable collections, labor, materials, and other costs, and encourage cooperation among our practitioners within the same local market area;

    Proven ability to rapidly incorporate technological advances in the fitting and fabrication of O&P devices;

    History of successful integration of small and medium-sized O&P business acquisitions, including 89 O&P businesses since 1997, representing over 200 patient-care centers;

    Highly trained practitioners, whom we provide with the highest level of continuing education and training through programs designed to inform them of the latest technological developments in the O&P industry, and our certification program located at the University of Connecticut;

    Experienced and committed management team; and

    Successful government relations efforts which enables us to:

    Support our patients' efforts to pass "The Prosthetic Parity Act" in 19 states;

    Increase Medicaid reimbursement levels in several states; and

    Create the Hanger Orthopedic Political Action Committee (The Hanger PAC).

Suppliers

        In our O&P patient care businesses, we purchase prefabricated O&P devices, components and materials that our technicians use to fabricate O&P products from in excess of 400 suppliers across the country. These devices, components and materials are used in the products we offer in our patient-care centers throughout the country. Currently, only three of our third-party suppliers accounted for more than 5% of our total purchases. In addition, two of our purchased products accounted for a significant portion of total purchases from three of our existing suppliers. Our therapeutic solutions businesses purchase goods from a variety of suppliers, none of which accounted more than 5% of our total purchases.

Sales and Marketing

        In our O&P patient care businesses individual practitioners in local patient-care centers historically have conducted our sales and marketing efforts. Due primarily to the fragmented nature of the O&P industry, the success of a particular patient-care center has been largely a function of its local reputation for quality of care, responsiveness and length of service in the local communities. In our distribution and therapeutic solutions businesses we employ dedicated sales professionals that generally are responsible for a geographic region or specific product line.

        In addition, we have developed a centralized marketing department the goal of which is to augment the efforts of the business segment personnel. In the case of our O&P businesses, this enables the practitioner to focus more of his or her efforts on patient care. Our sales and marketing effort targets the following:

    Marketing and Public Relations.   Our objective is to increase the visibility of the "Hanger" name by building relationships with major referral sources through activities such as co-sponsorship of

9


Table of Contents

      sporting events and co-branding of products. We also continue to explore creating alliances with certain vendors to market products and services on a nationwide basis.

    Business Development.   We have dedicated personnel in most of our regions of operation who are responsible for arranging seminars, clinics and forums to educate and consult with patients and to increase the individual communities' awareness of the "Hanger" name. These business development managers ("BDM") also meet with local referral and contract sources to help our practitioners develop new relationships in their markets.

    Insurance Contracts.   Linkia is actively seeking contracts with national insurance companies to manage their network. We also have regional contract managers who negotiate with hospitals and regional payors.

    Other Initiatives.   We are constantly seeking and developing new technology and products to enable us to provide the highest quality patient-oriented care. We continue to use our Insignia laser scanning system, which enables our practitioners to create and modify a computer-based scan of patients' limbs to create more comprehensive patient records and a better prosthetic fit. Due to the improvement Insignia offers to our patient care, it has been an effective marketing tool for our practitioners.

Acquisitions

        In 2010, we acquired five O&P companies, operating a total of six patient care centers located in California, New York, Texas, and Utah. The aggregate purchase price for these O&P businesses was $10.6 million, and the expenses incurred by us were insignificant and are included in other operating expenses in the period incurred. During the fourth quarter, we completed the acquisition of ACP for a purchase price of approximately $157.8 million, and we incurred approximately $5.4 million of related expenses in connection with the acquisition. In 2009, we acquired seven O&P companies and one fabrication facility, operating a total of 23 patient care centers, located in California, Iowa, Nebraska, New York, Pennsylvania, and Washington. The aggregate purchase price for these O&P businesses was $16.6 million.

Competition

        The O&P services industry is highly fragmented, consisting mainly of local O&P patient-care centers. The business of providing O&P patient care services is highly competitive in the markets in which we operate. We compete with numerous small independent O&P providers for referrals from physicians, therapists, employers, HMOs, PPOs, hospitals, rehabilitation centers, out-patient clinics and insurance companies on both a local and regional basis. We compete with other patient care service providers, including device manufacturers that have independent sales forces, on the basis of quality and timeliness of patient care, location of patient-care centers and pricing for services.

        We also compete with independent O&P providers for the retention and recruitment of qualified practitioners. In certain markets, the demand for practitioners exceeds the supply of qualified personnel.

        Our therapeutic solutions businesses compete with other providers of equipment and services on a regional and national basis that have similar sales forces and products. We strive to differentiate our products with additional services such as clinical protocols and continuing education.

Government Regulation

        We are subject to a variety of federal, state and local governmental regulations. We make every effort to comply with all applicable regulations through compliance programs, policies and procedures, manuals, and personnel training. Despite these efforts, we cannot guarantee that we will be in absolute

10


Table of Contents


compliance with all regulations at all times. Failure to comply with applicable governmental regulations may result in significant penalties, including exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

        Medical Device Regulation.     We distribute products that are subject to regulation as medical devices by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration ("FDA") under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act ("FDCA") and accompanying regulations. With the exception of two products which have been cleared for marketing as prescription medical devices under section 510(k) of the FDCA, we believe that the products we distribute, including O&P medical devices, accessories and components, are exempt from the FDA's regulations for pre-market clearance or approval requirements and from requirements relating to quality system regulation (except for certain recordkeeping and complaint handling requirements). We are required to adhere to regulations regarding adverse event reporting, establishment registration, and product listing; and we are subject to inspection by the FDA for compliance with all applicable requirements. Labeling and promotional materials also are subject to scrutiny by the FDA and, in certain circumstances, by the Federal Trade Commission. Our medical device operations are subject to inspection by the FDA for compliance with applicable FDA requirements, and the FDA has raised compliance concerns in connection with these investigations. We believe we have addressed these concerns and are in compliance with applicable FDA requirements, but we cannot assure that we will be found to be in compliance at all times. Non-compliance could result in a variety of civil and/or criminal enforcement actions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

        Fraud and Abuse.     Violations of fraud and abuse laws are punishable by criminal and/or civil sanctions, including, in some instances, imprisonment and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs, including Medicare, Medicaid, U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs health programs and the Department of Defense's TRICARE program, formerly known as CHAMPUS. These laws, which include but are not limited to, antikickback laws, false claims laws, physician self-referral laws, and federal criminal healthcare fraud laws, are discussed in further detail below. We believe our billing practices, operations, and compensation and financial arrangements with referral sources and others materially comply with applicable federal and state requirements. However, we cannot assure that such requirements will not be interpreted by a governmental authority in a manner inconsistent with our interpretation and application. The failure to comply, even if inadvertent, with any of these requirements could require us to alter our operations and/or refund payments to the government. Such refunds could be significant and could also lead to the imposition of significant penalties. Even if we successfully defend against any action against us for violation of these laws or regulations, we would likely be forced to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management's attention from the operation of our business. Any of these actions, individually or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

        Antikickback Laws.     Our operations are subject to federal and state antikickback laws. The federal Antikickback Statute (Section 1128B(b) of the Social Security Act) prohibits persons or entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving, or paying any remuneration in return for, or to induce, the referral of persons eligible for benefits under a federal healthcare program (including Medicare, Medicaid, the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs health programs and TRICARE), or the ordering, purchasing, leasing, or arranging for, or the recommendation of purchasing, leasing or ordering of, items or services that may be paid for, in whole or in part, by a federal healthcare program. Courts have held that the statute may be violated when even one purpose (as opposed to a primary or sole purpose) of the renumeration is to induce referrals or other business.

        Recognizing that the Antikickback Statute is broad and may technically prohibit beneficial arrangements, the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services has developed regulations addressing certain business arrangements that will offer protection from scrutiny

11


Table of Contents


under the Antikickback Statute. These "Safe Harbors" describe activities which may be protected from prosecution under the Antikickback Statute, provided that they meet all of the requirements of the applicable Safe Harbor. For example, the Safe Harbors cover activities such as offering discounts to healthcare providers and contracting with physicians or other individuals or entities that have the potential to refer business to us that would ultimately be billed to a federal healthcare program. Failure to qualify for Safe Harbor protection does not mean that an arrangement is illegal. Rather, the arrangement must be analyzed under the Antikickback Statute to determine whether there is an intent to pay or receive remuneration in return for referrals. Conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy one of the Safe Harbors may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities. In addition, some states have antikickback laws that vary in scope and may apply regardless of whether a federal healthcare program is involved.

        Our operations and business arrangements include, for example, discount programs or other financial arrangements with individuals and entities, such as lease arrangements with hospitals and certain participation agreements. Therefore, our operations and business arrangements are required to comply with the antikickback laws. Although our business arrangements and operations may not always satisfy all the criteria of a Safe Harbor, we believe that our operations are in material compliance with federal and state antikickback statutes.

        HIPAA Violations.     The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act ("HIPAA") provides criminal penalties for, among other offenses: health care fraud; theft or embezzlement with respect to a health care benefit program; false statements in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items or services; and obstruction of criminal investigation of health care offenses. Unlike other federal laws, these offenses are not limited to Federal health care programs.

        In addition, HIPAA authorizes the imposition of civil monetary penalties where a person offers or pays remuneration to any individual eligible for benefits under a federal healthcare program that such person knows or should know is likely to influence the individual to order or receive covered items or services from a particular provider, practitioner or supplier. Excluded from the definition of "remuneration" are incentives given to individuals to promote the delivery of preventive care (excluding cash or cash equivalents), incentives of nominal value and certain differentials in or waivers of coinsurance and deductible amounts.

        These laws may apply to certain of our operations. As noted above, we have established various types of discount programs and other financial arrangements with individuals and entities. We also bill third-party payors and other entities for items and services provided at our patient-care centers. While we endeavor to ensure that our discount programs and other financial arrangements, and billing practices comply with applicable laws, such programs, arrangements and billing practices could be subject to scrutiny and challenge under HIPAA.

        False Claims Laws.     We are also subject to federal and state laws prohibiting individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment to third-party payors (including Medicare and Medicaid) that are false or fraudulent, are for items or services not provided as claimed, or otherwise contain misleading information. Each of our patient-care centers is responsible for the preparation and submission of reimbursement claims to third-party payors for items and services furnished to patients. In addition, our personnel may, in some instances, provide advice on billing and reimbursement to purchasers of our products. While we endeavor to assure that our billing practices comply with applicable laws, if claims submitted to payors are deemed to be false, fraudulent, or for items or services not provided as claimed, we may face liability for presenting or causing to be presented such claims.

12


Table of Contents

        Physician Self-Referral Laws.     We are also subject to federal and state physician self-referral laws. With certain exceptions, the federal Medicare physician self-referral law (the "Stark Law") (Section 1877 of the Social Security Act) prohibits a physician from referring Medicare beneficiaries to an entity for "designated health services"—including prosthetic and orthotic devices and supplies—if the physician or the physician's immediate family member has a financial relationship with the entity. A financial relationship includes both ownership or investment interests and compensation arrangements. An entity that furnishes designated health services pursuant to a prohibited referral may not present or cause to be presented a claim or bill for such designated health services. Penalties for violating the Stark Law include denial of payment for the service, an obligation to refund any payments received, civil monetary penalties, and the possibility of being excluded from the Medicare or Medicaid programs.

        With respect to ownership/investment interests, there is an exception under the Stark Law for referrals made to a publicly traded entity in which the physician or the physician's immediate family member has an investment interest if the entity's shares are generally available to the public at the time of the designated health service referral, and are traded on certain exchanges, including the New York Stock Exchange, and the entity had shareholders' equity exceeding $75.0 million for its most recent fiscal year or as an average during the three previous fiscal years. We meet these tests and, therefore, believe that referrals from physicians who have ownership interests in our stock, or whose immediate family members have ownership interests in our stock, should not result in liability under the Stark Law.

        With respect to compensation arrangements, there are exceptions under the Stark Law that permit physicians to maintain certain business arrangements, such as personal service contracts and equipment or space leases, with healthcare entities to which they refer patients for designated health services. Unlike the Antikickback Statute, all of the elements of a Stark Law exception must be met in order for the exception to apply. We believe that our compensation arrangements with physicians comply with the Stark Law, either because the physician's relationship fits fully within a Stark Law exception or because the physician does not generate prohibited referrals. If, however, we receive a prohibited referral, our submission of a bill for services rendered pursuant to such a referral could subject us to sanctions under the Stark Law and applicable state self-referral laws. State self-referral laws may extend the prohibitions of the Stark Law to Medicaid beneficiaries.

        Certification and Licensure.     Our practitioners and/or certain operating units may be subject to certification or licensure requirements under the laws of some states. Most states do not require separate licensure for practitioners. However, several states currently require practitioners to be certified by an organization such as the American Board for Certification. The American Board for Certification conducts a certification program for practitioners and an accreditation program for patient-care centers. The minimum requirements for a certified practitioner are a college degree, completion of an accredited academic program, one to four years of residency at a patient-care center under the supervision of a certified practitioner and successful completion of certain examinations. Minimum requirements for an accredited patient-care center include the presence of a certified practitioner and specific plant and equipment requirements.

        Some states may require licensure or registration of facilities that dispense or distribute prescription medical devices within or from outside of the state. In addition, some states may require a license or registration to provide services such as those offered by Linkia. We are in the process of meeting these requirements.

        While we endeavor to comply with all state licensure requirements, we cannot assure that we will be in compliance at all times with these requirements. Failure to comply with state licensure requirements could result in suspension or termination of licensure, civil penalties, termination of our

13


Table of Contents


Medicare and Medicaid agreements, and repayment of amounts received from Medicare and Medicaid for services and supplies furnished by an unlicensed individual or entity.

        Confidentiality and Privacy Laws.     The Administrative Simplification Provisions of HIPAA, and their implementing regulations, set forth privacy standards and implementation specifications concerning the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information (referred to as "protected health information") by health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and healthcare providers that transmit health information electronically in connection with certain standard transactions ("Covered Entities"). HIPAA further requires Covered Entities to protect the confidentiality of health information by meeting certain security standards and implementation specifications. In addition, under HIPAA, Covered Entities that electronically transmit certain administrative and financial transactions must utilize standardized formats and data elements ("the transactions/code sets standards"). HIPAA imposes civil monetary penalties for non-compliance, and, with respect to knowing violations of the privacy standards, or violations of such standards committed under false pretenses or with the intent to sell, transfer or use individually identifiable health information for commercial advantage, criminal penalties. We believe that we are subject to the Administrative Simplification Provisions of HIPAA and are taking steps to meet applicable standards and implementation specifications. The new requirements have had a significant effect on the manner in which we handle health data and communicate with payors. Our billing system, OPS, was designed to meet these requirements.

        In addition, state confidentiality and privacy laws may impose civil and/or criminal penalties for certain unauthorized or other uses or disclosures of individually identifiable health information. We are also subject to these laws. While we endeavor to assure that our operations comply with applicable laws governing the confidentiality and privacy of health information, we could face liability in the event of a use or disclosure of health information in violation of one or more of these laws.

Personnel and Training

        None of our employees are subject to a collective-bargaining agreement. We believe that we have satisfactory relationships with our employees and strive to maintain these relationships by offering competitive benefit packages, training programs and opportunities for advancement. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we had an average of 4,273 employees. The following table summarizes our average number of employees for the year:

 
  Practitioners   Residents   Technicians   Administrative   Distribution   Corporate
and Shared
Services
  Sales   Other   Total  

Patient-care services

    1,181     98     583     1,431             208         3,501  

Distribution

                    228                 228  

Therapeutic solutions

                        72     182         254  

Other

                        247         43     290  
                                       

    1,181     98     583     1,431     228     319     390     43     4,273  
                                       

        We have established an affiliation with the University of Hartford pursuant to which we own and operate a school at the Newington, Connecticut campus that offers a certificate in orthotics and/or prosthetics after the completion of a nine-month course. We believe there are only nine schools of this kind in the United States. The program director is a Hanger employee, and our practitioners teach most of the courses. After completion of the nine-month course, graduates receive a certificate and go on to complete a residency in their area of specialty. After their residency is complete, graduates can choose to complete a course of study in another area of specialty. Most graduates will then sit for a certification exam to either become a certified prosthetist or certified orthotist. We offer exam

14


Table of Contents


preparation courses for graduates who agree to become our practitioners to help them prepare for those exams.

        We also provide a series of ongoing training programs to improve the professional knowledge of our practitioners. For example, we have an annual Education Fair which is attended by over 750 of our practitioners and consists of lectures and seminars covering many clinical topics including the latest technology and process improvements, basic accounting and business courses and other courses which allow the practitioners to fulfill their ongoing continuing education requirements.

Insurance

        We currently maintain insurance coverage for malpractice liability, product liability, workers' compensation, executive protection and property damage. Our general liability insurance coverage is $1.0 million per incident, with a $25.0 million umbrella insurance policy. The coverage for malpractice, product and workers' compensation is self-insured with both individual specific claim and aggregate stop-loss policies to protect us from either significant individual claims or dramatic changes in our loss experience. Based on our experience and prevailing industry practices, we believe our coverage is adequate as to risks and amount. We have not incurred a material amount of expenses in the past as a result of uninsured O&P claims.

Special Note On Forward-Looking Statements

        Some of the statements contained in this report discuss our plans and strategies for our business or make other forward-looking statements, as this term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. The words "anticipates," "believes," "estimates," "expects," "plans," "intends" and similar expressions are intended to identify these forward-looking statements, but are not the exclusive means of identifying them. These forward-looking statements reflect the current views of our management; however, various risks, uncertainties and contingencies could cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, these statements, including the following:

    the demand for our orthotic and prosthetic services and products;

    our ability to integrate effectively the operations of businesses that we have acquired and plan to acquire in the future;

    our ability to enter into national contracts;

    our ability to maintain the benefits of our performance improvement plans;

    our ability to attract and retain qualified orthotic and prosthetic practitioners;

    changes in federal Medicare reimbursement levels and other governmental policies affecting orthotic and prosthetic operations;

    our indebtedness, the impact of changes in prevailing interest rates and the availability of favorable terms of equity and debt financing to fund the anticipated growth of our business;

    changes in, or failure to comply with, federal, state and/or local governmental regulations; and

    liabilities relating to orthotic and prosthetic services and products and other claims asserted against us.

        For a discussion of important risk factors affecting our business, including factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from results referred to in the forward-looking statements, see "Item 1A—Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and

15


Table of Contents


Results of Operations" below. We do not have any obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

ITEM 1A.     RISK FACTORS .

Changes in government reimbursement levels could adversely affect our net sales, cash flows and profitability.

        We derived 40.4%, 40.5%, and 39.7% of our net sales for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, from reimbursements for O&P services and products from programs administered by Medicare, Medicaid and the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. Each of these programs set maximum reimbursement levels for O&P services and products. If these agencies reduce reimbursement levels for O&P services and products in the future, our net sales could substantially decline. In addition, the percentage of our net sales derived from these sources may increase as the portion of the U.S. population over age 65 continues to grow, making us more vulnerable to maximum reimbursement level reductions by these organizations. Reduced government reimbursement levels could result in reduced private payor reimbursement levels because fee schedules of certain third-party payors are indexed to Medicare. Furthermore, the healthcare industry is experiencing a trend towards cost containment as government and other third-party payors seek to impose lower reimbursement rates and negotiate reduced contract rates with service providers. This trend could adversely affect our net sales. For example, a number of states are in the process of reviewing Medicaid reimbursement policies generally, including for prosthetic and orthotic devices, and Arizona has recently enacted legislation limiting Medicaid orthotic eligibility for those over 21 years of age. This legislation did not become effective until October 1, 2010, and we are evaluating its impact on our business in Arizona. Additionally, Medicare provides for reimbursement for O&P products and services based on prices set forth in fee schedules for ten regional service areas. Medicare prices are adjusted each year based on the Consumer Price Index—Urban ("CPIU") unless Congress acts to change or eliminate the adjustment. The Medicare price (decreases)/increases for 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were (0.1%), 0.0%, 5.0%, 2.7% and 4.3%, respectively. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, Pub. L. No. 111-148, March 23, 2010 ("PPACA") changed the Medicare inflation factors applicable to O&P (and other) suppliers. The annual updates for years subsequent to 2011 are based on the percentage increase in the CPI-U for the 12-month period ending with June of the previous year. Section 3401(m) of PPACA required that for 2011 and each subsequent year, the fee schedule update factor based on the CPI-U for the 12-month period ending with June of the previous year is to be adjusted by the annual economy-wide private nonfarm business multifactory productivity ("the MFP Adjustment"). The MFP Adjustment may result in that percentage increase being less than zero for a year, and may result in payment rates for a year being less than such payment rates for the preceding year. CMS has not yet issued a final rule implementing these adjustments for years beyond 2011, but has indicated in a proposed rule that it will do so as part of the annual program instructions to the O&P fee schedule updates. See 75 Fed. Reg. 40040, 40122, et seq. (July 13, 2010). If the U.S. Congress were to legislate additional modifications to the Medicare fee schedules, our net sales from Medicare and other payors could be adversely and materially affected.

        We cannot predict whether any such modifications to the fee schedules will be enacted or what the final form of any modifications might be.

Changes in payor reimbursements could negatively affect our net sales volume.

        Recent years have seen a consolidation of healthcare companies coupled with certain payors terminating contracts, imposing caps or reducing reimbursement for O&P products. Additionally, employers are increasingly pushing healthcare costs down to their employees. These trends could result in decreased O&P revenue.

16


Table of Contents


We face periodic reviews, audits and investigations under our contracts with federal and state government agencies, and these audits could have adverse findings that may negatively impact our business.

        We contract with various federal and state governmental agencies to provide O&P services. Pursuant to these contracts, we are subject to various governmental reviews, audits and investigations to verify our compliance with the contracts and applicable laws and regulations. Any adverse review, audit or investigation could result in:

    refunding of amounts we have been paid pursuant to our government contracts;

    imposition of fines, penalties and other sanctions on us;

    loss of our right to participate in various federal programs;

    damage to our reputation in various markets; or

    material and/or adverse effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to numerous federal, state and local governmental regulations, noncompliance with which could result in significant penalties that could have a material adverse effect on our business.

        A failure by us to comply with the numerous federal, state and/or local healthcare and other governmental regulations to which we are subject, including the regulations discussed under "Government Regulation" in Item 1 above, could result in significant penalties and adverse consequences, including exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

If the non-competition agreements we have with our key executive officers and key practitioners were found by a court to be unenforceable, we could experience increased competition resulting in a decrease in our net sales.

        We generally enter into employment agreements with our executive officers and a significant number of our practitioners which contain non-compete and other provisions. The laws of each state differ concerning the enforceability of non-competition agreements. State courts will examine all of the facts and circumstances at the time a party seeks to enforce a non-compete covenant. We cannot predict with certainty whether or not a court will enforce a non-compete covenant in any given situation based on the facts and circumstances at that time. If one or more of our key executive officers and/or a significant number of our practitioners were to leave us and the courts refused to enforce the non-compete covenant, we might be subject to increased competition, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not realize the expected benefits of the acquisition of Accelerated Care Plus.

        Our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition of ACP will depend, in part, on our ability to successfully integrate our business with that of ACP, and we cannot assure you that the combination of the two companies will result in the realization of economic, operational and other benefits we anticipate. If we are unable to successfully implement our planned integration with ACP and realize the expected benefits from the acquisition, our results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.

17


Table of Contents

Our substantial indebtedness could impair our financial condition and our ability to fulfill our obligations under our indebtedness.

        We have substantial debt. As of December 31, 2010, we have approximately $508.7 million of total indebtedness and $96.8 million available on our Revolving Credit Facility.

        The level of our indebtedness could have important consequences to us. For example, our substantial indebtedness could:

    make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations;

    increase our vulnerability to adverse general economic and industry conditions;

    require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate requirements;

    limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

    place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have proportionately less debt;

    make it more difficult for us to borrow money for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes;

    limit our ability to refinance indebtedness, or the associated costs may increase; and

    expose us to the risk of increased interest rates with respect to that portion of our debt that has a variable rate of interest.

Our Website

        Our website is http://www.hanger.com. We make available free of charge, on or through our website, our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, Section 16 filings (i.e. Forms 3, 4 and 5), proxy statements, and other documents as required by applicable law and regulations as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filing such reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission at http://www.sec.gov. The public may read and copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street N.E., Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 (1-800-732-0330). The SEC maintains an Internet site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Our website also contains the charters of the Audit Committee, Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, Compensation Committee and Quality and Technology Committee of our Board of Directors; our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Directors and Employees, which includes our principal executive, financial and accounting officers; as well as our Corporate Governance Guidelines. Information contained on our website is not part of this report.

ITEM 1B.     UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

        None.

18


Table of Contents

ITEM 2.     PROPERTIES.

        As of December 31, 2010, we operated 678 patient-care centers and facilities in 45 states and the District of Columbia. We own 15 buildings that house a patient-care center. The remaining centers are occupied under leases expiring between the years of 2011 and 2021. We believe our leased or owned centers are adequate for carrying on our current O&P operations at our existing locations, as well as our anticipated future needs at those locations. We believe we will be able to renew such leases as they expire or find comparable or additional space on commercially suitable terms.

        The following table sets forth the number of our patient-care centers located in each state as of December 31, 2010:

State   Patient-
Care
Centers
  State   Patient-
Care
Centers
  State   Patient-
Care
Centers
 

Alabama

    11   Louisiana     15   North Carolina     13  

Arizona

    42   Maine     5   North Dakota     2  

Arkansas

    5   Maryland     10   Ohio     33  

California

    71   Massachusetts     8   Oklahoma     11  

Colorado

    23   Michigan     5   Oregon     12  

Connecticut

    9   Minnesota     6   Pennsylvania     29  

Delaware

    1   Mississippi     11   South Carolina     15  

District of Columbia

    1   Missouri     19   South Dakota     1  

Florida

    51   Montana     5   Tennessee     14  

Georgia

    34   Nebraska     10   Texas     33  

Illinois

    22   Nevada     6   Utah     4  

Indiana

    11   New Hampshire     2   Virginia     9  

Iowa

    9   New Jersey     8   Washington     18  

Kansas

    14   New Mexico     7   West Virginia     7  

Kentucky

    10   New York     31   Wisconsin     12  

                  Wyoming     3  

        We also lease distribution facilities in Texas, California, Georgia, Florida, and Pennsylvania. In January 2010, we signed a lease agreement and relocated our corporate headquarters to Austin, TX in August 2010. Substantially all of our owned properties are pledged to collateralize bank indebtedness. See Note G to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

ITEM 3.     LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

        We are subject to legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of its business, including additional payments under business purchase agreements. In the opinion of management, the amount of ultimate liability, if any, with respect to these actions will not have a materially adverse effect on the financial position, liquidity or results of our operations.

        We are in a highly regulated industry and receives regulatory agency inquiries from time to time in the ordinary course of its business, including inquiries relating to our billing activities. To date these inquiries have not resulted in material liabilities, but no assurance can be given that future regulatory agencies' inquiries will be consistent with the results to date or that any discrepancies identified during a regulatory review will not have a material adverse effect on the our consolidated financial statements.

19


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT .

        The following table sets forth information regarding current executive officers of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries:

Name
  Age   Office with the Company

Thomas F. Kirk

    65   President and Chief Executive Officer

Richmond L. Taylor

   
62
 

Executive Vice President, President and Chief Operating Officer of Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics, Inc.

Ron N. May

   
64
 

Executive Vice President, President and Chief Operating Officer of Southern Prosthetic Supply, Inc.

George E. McHenry

   
58
 

Executive Vice President, Secretary, and Chief Financial Officer

Vinit K. Asar

   
44
 

Executive Vice President and Chief Growth Officer

Thomas E. Hartman

   
48
 

Vice President and General Counsel

Thomas C. Hofmeister

   
44
 

Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer

Walt Meffert

   
44
 

Vice President and Chief Information Officer

Sam Reimer

   
41
 

Vice President and Treasurer

Andrew Morton

   
45
 

Vice President, Human Resources

         Thomas F. Kirk has been our President and Chief Executive Officer since March 2008. Mr. Kirk also served as our Chief Operating Officer from January 2002 until March 2008. From September 1998 to January 2002, Mr. Kirk was a principal with AlixPartners, LLC (formerly Jay Alix & Associates, Inc.), a management consulting company retained by Hanger to facilitate its reengineering process. From May 1997 to August 1998, Mr. Kirk served as Vice President, Planning, Development and Quality for FPL Group, a full service energy provider located in Florida. From April 1996 to April 1997, he served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Quaker Chemical Corporation in Pennsylvania. From December 1987 to March 1996, he served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Rhone-Poulenc, S.A. in Princeton, New Jersey and Paris, France. From March 1977 to November 1987, he was employed by St. Joe Minerals Corp., a division of Fluor Corporation. Prior to this he held positions in sales, commercial development, and engineering with Koppers Co., Inc. Mr. Kirk holds a Ph.D. degree in strategic planning/marketing, and an M.B.A. degree in finance, from the University of Pittsburgh. He also holds a Bachelor of Science degree in mechanical engineering from Carnegie Mellon University. He is a registered professional engineer and a member of the Financial Executives Institute.

         Richmond L. Taylor is our Executive Vice President, and the President and Chief Operating Officer of Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics, Inc. and HPO, Inc., our two wholly-owned subsidiaries which operate all of our patient-care centers. Previously, Mr. Taylor served as the Chief Operating Officer of NovaCare O&P from June 1996 until July 1999, and held the positions of Region Vice-President and Region President of NovaCare O&P for the West Region from 1989 to June 1996. Prior to joining NovaCare O&P, Mr. Taylor spent 20 years in the healthcare industry in a variety of management positions including Regional Manager at American Hospital Supply Corporation, Vice President of Operations at Medtech, Vice President of Sales at Foster Medical Corporation and Vice President of Sales at Integrated Medical Systems.

         Ron N. May has been the President and Chief Operating Officer of Southern Prosthetic Supply, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary that distributes orthotic and prosthetic products, since December 1998. From January 1984 to December 1998, Mr. May was Executive Vice President of the

20


Table of Contents


distribution division of J.E. Hanger, Inc. of Georgia until that company was acquired by us in November 1996. Mr. May also currently serves as a Board Member of the O&P Athletic Fund.

         George E. McHenry has been our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since October 2001 and our Secretary since 2004. From 1987 until he joined us in October 2001, Mr. McHenry served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of U.S. Vision, Inc., an optical company with 600 locations in 47 states. Prior to joining U.S. Vision, Inc., he was employed principally as a Senior Manager by the firms of Touche Ross & Co. (now Deloitte & Touche) and Main Hurdman (now KPMG LLP) from 1974 to 1987. Mr. McHenry is a Certified Public Accountant and received a Bachelor of Science degree in accounting from St. Joseph's University.

         Vinit K. Asar joined us as our Executive Vice President and Chief Growth Officer in December 2008. Mr. Asar comes to Hanger from the Medical Device & Diagnostic sector at Johnson and Johnson, having worked at the Ethicon, Ethicon-Endo-Surgery, Cordis and Biosense Webster franchises. During his 18 year career at Johnson and Johnson, Mr. Asar held various roles of increasing responsibility in Finance, Product Development, Manufacturing, Marketing and Sales in the US and in Europe. Prior to joining Hanger, Mr. Asar was the Worldwide Vice-President at Biosense Webster, the Electrophysiology division of Johnson and Johnson, responsible for the Worldwide Sales, Marketing and Services organizations. Mr. Asar has a B.S.B.A from Aquinas College and an M.B.A. from Lehigh University.

         Thomas E. Hartman has been our Vice President & General Counsel since June 2009. Mr. Hartman joined Hanger from Foley & Lardner, LLP where he was a partner in Foley's Business Law Department. Mr. Hartman's practice at Foley was focused on securities transactions, securities law compliance, mergers and acquisitions, and corporate governance. Prior to joining Foley in 1995, Mr. Hartman was a business law associate at Jones Day. Mr. Hartman received his J.D. from the University of Wisconsin in Madison, and a Bachelor of Science in Engineering (Industrial & Operations Engineering) from the University of Michigan in Ann Arbor.

         Thomas C. Hofmeister joined us in October of 2004 as our Vice President of Finance and Chief Accounting Officer and was previously employed as the Chief Financial Officer of Woodhaven Health Services from October 2002 through October 2004. Prior to that, Mr. Hofmeister served as Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer of Magellan Health Services, Inc. from 1999 to 2002; Controller of London Fog Industries, Inc. from 1998 to 1999 and Vice President and Controller of Pharmerica, Inc. from 1995 to 1998. Mr. Hofmeister was also employed as a senior manager at KPMG Peat Marwick from 1988 to 1995. Mr. Hofmeister holds a B.S. degree in accounting from Mount Saint Mary's University.

         Walt Meffert joined Hanger as Vice President and Chief Information Officer in April 2010. Mr. Meffert was previously the Senior Vice President & Chief Technology Officer for Apria Healthcare since December of 2008. Concurrently Mr. Meffert also served as Senior Vice President & Chief Information Officer for Coram, Inc. since November 2005. As the CTO/CIO at Apria Healthcare and Coram, Inc. he directed all production infrastructures and business applications supporting over 700 branches and five main business lines in addition to providing IT oversight and alignment for Apria's Global IT service delivery. Before joining Apria Healthcare/Coram Inc., Mr. Meffert Served as Senior Vice President & Chief Information Officer for NeighborCare. Mr. Meffert served as Chief Technology Officer for Register.com, a leading provider of global domain name registration and Internet services from November 2001 to April 2004; Vice President of Enterprise Application Engineering at the creative software development company, Macromedia from October 1999 to November 2001; Director of Electronic Commerce—Internet Center at Bell Atlantic from January 1998 to October 1999; various leadership positions at The General Electric Company including the leading of the Internet Consulting and Systems Integration teams from 1990 to 1998. Mr. Meffert is a graduate of the renowned GE Edison Engineer program. Mr. Meffert holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Computer Science from the University of Maryland, Baltimore County and a Master of Science in Computer Science degree from John Hopkins University.

21


Table of Contents

         Sam Reimer has been our Vice President & Treasurer since October 2009 and a Vice President with Hanger since May 2008. Prior to Hanger, Mr. Reimer was with Sprint Nextel from 2003 to 2007, most recently as a Corporate Vice President in Finance and Corporate Development. At Sprint Nextel, he also held additional positions in Operations Finance and Merger Integration. From 2000 to 2003, Mr. Reimer was Director of Corporate Finance with webMethods, Inc. Prior to webMethods, Mr. Reimer held various accounting and finance positions with companies in the software and telecommunications industries. Mr. Reimer received his CPA certificate from the state of Virginia and his Bachelor of Science in Accounting degree from Virginia Tech.

         Andrew C. Morton joined us as our Vice President Human Resources in June 2010. Mr. Morton joined Hanger from Freescale Semiconductor since 2006 in two capacities; first as Vice President Talent and Corporate Services, and then Vice President Human Resources Supply Chain. From 1992 to 2006 Mr. Morton worked at IBM and held various global field and corporate HR executive roles of increasing responsibility across its software, hardware and sales businesses. Mr. Morton has a B.S. degree in Finance from the University of Colorado at Boulder, and an MBA from Syracuse University. In between degrees he worked for Baxter Healthcare in Finance roles from 1988 to 1989.

ITEM 4.     (REMOVED AND RESERVED).

PART II

ITEM 5.     MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES .

Market Information

        Our common stock has been listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange since December 15, 1998, under the symbol "HGR." The following table sets forth the high and low closing sale prices for the common stock for the periods indicated as reported on the New York Stock Exchange:

Year Ended December 31, 2010
  High   Low  

First Quarter

  $ 19.22   $ 13.57  

Second Quarter

    19.31     16.57  

Third Quarter

    19.01     13.05  

Fourth Quarter

    21.68     14.69  

 

Year Ended December 31, 2009
  High   Low  

First Quarter

  $ 16.08   $ 11.32  

Second Quarter

    15.37     11.14  

Third Quarter

    14.95     12.28  

Fourth Quarter

    14.63     13.27  

Holders

        At February 28, 2011 there were approximately 302 holders of record of 33,366,100 shares of our outstanding common stock.

Dividend Policy

        We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock and intend to continue this policy for the foreseeable future. We plan to retain earnings for use in our business. The terms of our agreements with our financing sources and certain other agreements limit the payment of dividends on our common stock and such agreements will continue to limit the payment of dividends in the future.

22


Table of Contents

        Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will be dependent on our results of operations, financial condition, contractual and legal restrictions and any other factors deemed to be relevant.

Equity Compensation Plans

        The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2010 regarding our equity compensation plans:

Plan Category
  Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
  Weighted average exercise
price of outstanding
options, warrants and
rights
  Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance
(excluding securities reflected in
column (a)
 
 
  (a)
  (b)
  (c)
 

Equity Compensation Plans:

                   
 

Approved by security holders

    514,591   $ 13.08     2,357,290  
 

Not approved by security holders

    376,000     5.98     N/A  
                 

Total

    890,591           2,357,290  
                 

Sales of Unregistered and Registered Securities

        One December 1, 2010, in connection with the closing of our acquisition of ACP, we sold an aggregate of 488,112 shares of our common stock to four senior officers of ACP for an aggregate purchase price of $7,355,847. The sale was exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 ("Securities Act") pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

        During the year ended December 31, 2010, we made no repurchases of our common stock.


STOCK PERFORMANCE CHART

        The annual changes in the cumulative total shareholder return on Hanger's common stock for the five-year period shown in the graph shown below are based on the assumption that $100 had been invested in Hanger common stock, the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index, the Standard & Poor's Small Cap Stock Index, the Russell 2000 Stock Index and a company determined peer group index on December 31, 2005, and that all quarterly dividends were reinvested at the average of the closing stock prices at the beginning and end of the quarter. The total cumulative dollar returns shown on the graph represent returns that such investments would have had on December 31, 2010.

23


Table of Contents

        The following information in this Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is not deemed to be "soliciting material" or to be "filed" with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, and will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act, except to the extent we specifically incorporate it by reference into such a filing.


Comparison of 5 Year Cumulative Total Return
Assumes Initial Investment of $100
December 2010

GRAPHIC

 
  2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2010  

Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc. 

  $ 100.00   $ 131.88   $ 192.86   $ 254.18   $ 242.25   $ 371.18  

S & P 500

  $ 100.00   $ 115.79   $ 122.16   $ 76.97   $ 97.33   $ 112.00  

S&P SmallCap 600

  $ 100.00   $ 115.12   $ 114.78   $ 79.11   $ 99.34   $ 125.47  

RUSSELL 2000

  $ 100.00   $ 118.37   $ 116.51   $ 77.14   $ 98.10   $ 124.44  

Peer Group Only

  $ 100.00   $ 95.95   $ 95.27   $ 64.95   $ 101.93   $ 123.37  

Peer Group + HANGER

  $ 100.00   $ 98.80   $ 102.76   $ 79.54   $ 108.73   $ 138.80  

        Assumes $100 invested on December 31, 2005.

(1)
Total return assumes reinvestment of dividends and based on market capitalization.

(2)
Fiscal year ending December 31.

(3)
The four issuers of common stock included in the peer group index are Odyssey Healthcare, Inc., Continucare Corp., RehabCare Group, Inc. and MedCath Corp.

24


Table of Contents

ITEM 6.     SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and other financial data included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K. The consolidated statement of operations and balance sheet data for all periods presented is derived from the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K or in annual reports on Form 10-K for prior years on file with the Commission.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
Statement of Operations Data:
  2010   2009   2008   2007   2006  
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
   
   
   
   
   
 

Net sales

  $ 817,379   $ 760,070   $ 703,129   $ 637,350   $ 598,766  

Cost of goods sold—materials

    247,565     228,295     210,323     184,625     180,462  

Personnel costs

    284,095     264,581     248,234     225,012     210,422  

Other operating expenses

    163,673     160,355     149,661     143,857     130,773  

Relocation expenses(1)

    16,444                  

Acquisition expenses(2)

    5,414                  

Depreciation and amortization

    18,809     16,319     17,183     15,876     14,670  
                       
 

Income from operations

    81,379     90,520     77,728     67,980     62,439  

Interest expense

    30,340     30,693     32,549     36,987     38,643  

Loss (gain) from interest rate swap(3)

    1,610     (167 )   738          

Extinguishment of debt

    13,985                 16,953  
                       

Income before taxes

    35,444     59,994     44,441     30,993     6,843  

Provision for income taxes

    14,009     23,901     17,695     11,726     3,409  
                       
 

Net income

    21,435     36,093     26,746     19,267     3,434  

Preferred stock dividends and accretion(4)

            5,670     1,665     7,518  
                       
 

Net income (loss) applicable to common stock

  $ 21,435   $ 36,093   $ 21,076   $ 17,602   $ (4,084 )
                       

Basic Per Common Share Data

                               

Net income (loss)

  $ 0.66   $ 1.15   $ 0.81   $ 0.78   $ (0.19 )
                       

Shares used to compute basic per common share amounts

    32,238     31,384     25,930     22,476     21,981  
                       

Diluted Per Common Share Data

                               

Net income (loss)

  $ 0.65   $ 1.13   $ 0.78   $ 0.64   $ (0.19 )
                       

Shares used to compute diluted per common share amounts

    32,888     32,068     27,091     30,257     21,981  
                       

(1)
During 2010, the Company relocated its corporate headquarters from Bethesda, Maryland to Austin, Texas. The cost incurred included employee separation, relocation costs, and lease termination costs.

(2)
During 2010, the Company completed the acquisition of ACP for $157.8 million and incurred legal, professional, and other deal-related expenses. Expenses related to other acquisitions were insignificant and recorded as part of other operating expenses.

(3)
During 2009 and 2008, the (gain) loss from interest rate swap results from the ineffective portions of the swap that occurred during the year. In 2010, the Company was required to terminate its

25


Table of Contents

    interest rate swaps in conjunction with refinancing of the debt, resulting in a $1.6 million charge to interest expense.

(4)
In June 2008, the average closing price of our common stock exceeded the forced conversion price of the Series A Preferred by 200% for a 20-trading day period, triggering an acceleration, pursuant to the Certificate of Designations of the Series A Preferred, of the Series A Preferred dividends that were otherwise payable through May 26, 2011. The accelerated dividends of $5.3 million were paid in the form of increased stated value of the Series A Preferred, in lieu of cash. On July 25, 2008, the Company notified the holder of the Series A Preferred of its election pursuant to the Certificate of Designations of the Series A Preferred to force the conversion of the Series A Preferred into 7,308,730 shares of common stock. The conversion of the Series A Preferred occurred on August 8, 2008.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
Balance Sheet Data:
  2010   2009   2008   2007   2006  
(In thousands)
   
   
   
   
   
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 36,308   $ 84,558   $ 58,413   $ 26,938   $ 23,139  

Working capital

    185,799     216,664     200,248     165,794     157,208  

Total assets

    1,061,479     875,036     813,750     759,683     719,122  

Total debt

    508,684     410,472     422,324     410,892     410,624  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

                47,654     47,654  

Shareholders' equity

    364,427     315,893     266,866     190,538     167,677  

 

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
Other Financial Data:
  2010   2009   2008   2007   2006  
(In thousands)
   
   
   
   
   
 

Capital expenditures

  $ 30,593   $ 21,270   $ 19,330   $ 20,129   $ 12,827  

Net cash provided by (used in):

                               
 

Operating activities

  $ 56,542   $ 73,131   $ 53,220   $ 51,687   $ 24,037  
 

Investing activities

    (185,975 )   (34,152 )   (30,168 )   (42,096 )   (13,212 )
 

Financing activities

    81,183     (12,834 )   8,423     (5,792 )   4,393  

26


Table of Contents

ITEM 7.     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS .

         The following is a discussion of our results of operations and financial condition for the periods described below. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. Our discussion of our results of operations and financial condition includes various forward-looking statements about, among other things, our markets, the demand for our products and services and our future results. These statements are based on our current expectations, which are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of certain events may differ materially from those indicated in the forward looking statements.

Overview

        The goal of Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc. (the "Company") is to be the world's premier provider of services and products that enhance human physical capabilities. We provide orthotic and prosthetic patient care services, distribute O&P devices and components, manage O&P networks, and provide therapeutic solutions to the broader post acute market. We are the largest owner and operator of orthotic and prosthetic patient care centers in the United States and the largest dedicated distributor of O&P products in the United States. We operate in excess of 675 O&P patient care centers located in 45 states and the District of Columbia and five strategically located distribution facilities. In addition to providing O&P services and products we, through our subsidiary, Linkia LLC ("Linkia"), manage an O&P network and develop programs to manage all aspects of O&P patient care for insurance companies. We provide therapeutic solutions through our subsidiaries Innovative Neurotronics and Accelerated Care Plus. Innovative Neurotronics ("IN, Inc.") introduces emerging neuromuscular technologies developed through independent research in a collaborative effort with industry suppliers worldwide. Accelerated Care Plus ("ACP") is a developer of specialized rehabilitation technologies and a leading provider of evidence-based clinical programs for post-acute rehabilitation serving more than 4,000 long-term care facilities and other sub-acute rehabilitation providers throughout the U.S.

        We have increased our net sales during the past two years through organic growth, acquisitions & opening of new patient care centers, increased distribution revenues though targeted sales efforts and increased product offerings, and continued growth in revenue associated with the Linkia contracts. Our operations include three reportable segments—patient-care, distribution, and therapeutic solutions.

    Patient Care

        As of December 31, 2010, we provided O&P patient care services through 678 patient-care centers and over 1,100 practitioners in 45 states and the District of Columbia. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, net sales attributable to our patient-care services were $714.7 million and $670.4 million, respectively.

        Patients are referred to our local patient-care centers directly by physicians as a result of our reputation with them or through our agreements with managed care providers. In our orthotics business, we design, fabricate, fit and maintain a wide range of standard and custom-made braces and other devices (such as spinal, knee and sports-medicine braces) that provide external support to patients suffering from musculoskeletal disorders, such as ailments of the back, extremities or joints and injuries from sports or other activities. In our prosthetics business, we design, fabricate, fit and maintain custom-made artificial limbs for patients who are without limbs as a result of traumatic injuries, vascular diseases, diabetes, cancer or congenital disorders. O&P devices are increasingly technologically advanced and are custom-designed to add functionality and comfort to patients' lives, shorten the rehabilitation process and lower the cost of rehabilitation.

        Our practitioners are also responsible for managing and operating our patient-care centers and are compensated, in part, based on their success in managing costs and collecting accounts receivable. We

27


Table of Contents


provide centralized administrative, marketing and materials management services to take advantage of economies of scale and to increase the time practitioners have to provide patient care. In areas where we have multiple patient-care centers, we also utilize shared fabrication facilities where technicians fabricate devices for practitioners in that region.

    Distribution Services

        We distribute O&P components to our customers and to our own patient-care centers through our wholly-owned subsidiary, SPS, which is the nation's largest O&P distributor. We are also a leading manufacturer and distributor of therapeutic footwear for diabetic patients in the podiatric market. For the year ended December 31, 2010, 36.1% or approximately $95.5 million of SPS' distribution sales were to third-party O&P services providers, and the balance of approximately $168.8 million represented intercompany sales to our patient-care centers. SPS maintains in inventory approximately 26,000 individual SKUs manufactured by more than 50 different companies. SPS maintains distribution facilities in California, Florida, Georgia, Pennsylvania, and Texas, which allows us to deliver products via ground shipment anywhere in the contiguous United States typically within two business days.

        Our distribution business enables us to:

    centralize our purchasing and thus lower our material costs by negotiating purchasing discounts from manufacturers;

    reduce our patient-care center inventory levels and improve inventory turns;

    perform inventory quality control;

    encourage our patient-care centers to use clinically appropriate products that enhance our profit margins; and

    coordinate new product development efforts with key vendor "partners".

        Marketing of our distribution services is conducted on a national basis through a dedicated sales force, print and e-commerce catalogues, and exhibits at industry and medical meetings and conventions. We direct specialized catalogues to segments of the healthcare industry, such as orthopedic surgeons, physical and occupational therapists, and podiatrists.

    Therapeutic Solutions

        We provide therapeutic solutions to the O&P and post-acute rehabilitation market through our subsidiaries IN, Inc. and ACP. IN, Inc. specializes in product development, principally in the field of functional electrical stimulation. Working with the inventors under licensing and consulting agreements, IN, Inc. commercializes the design, obtains regulatory approvals, develops clinical protocols for the technology, and then introduces the devices to the marketplace through a variety of distribution channels. IN, Inc.'s first product, the WalkAide System, has received FDA approval, achieved ISO 13485:2004 and ISO 9001:2000 certification, as well as the European CE Mark, which are widely accepted quality management standards for medical devices and related services. In November 2008, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services ("CMS") overturned a non-coverage decision and assigned a specific E-code to the WalkAide, which is reimbursable for beneficiaries with foot drop due to incomplete spinal cord injuries. The code was effective January 1, 2009. IN, Inc. is conducting trials in its effort to gain additional coverage for stroke rehabilitation which represents the largest potential patient population. IN, Inc. anticipates that these trials will be completed by the end of 2011 with submission of data to CMS during 2012. In addition to reimbursement from Medicare and Medicaid, IN, Inc. has been working with commercial insurance companies and has had limited success in receiving coverage for the WalkAide. The WalkAide is sold in the United States through our patient care centers and SPS. IN, Inc. is also marketing the WalkAide internationally through licensed distributors.

28


Table of Contents

        On December 1, 2010 we acquired ACP, which is the nation's leading provider of rehabilitation technologies and integrated clinical programs to rehabilitation providers. We have contracts to serve more than 4,000 skilled nursing facilities nationwide, including 22 of the 25 largest national providers. Our unique value proposition is to provide our customers with a full-service "total solutions" approach encompassing proven medical technology, evidence based clinical programs, and continuous onsite therapist education and training. Our services support increasingly advanced treatment options for a broader patient population and more medically complex conditions.

Results and Outlook

        Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased by $57.3 million, or 7.5%, to $817.4 million from $760.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The sales increase was principally the result of a $30.4 million, or 4.6%, increase in same-center sales in the patient care centers, a $7.5 million, or 8.5%, increase in sales of our distribution segment, $5.5 million in sales from the therapeutic solutions segment and a $13.9 million increase principally related to sales from acquired patient care entities.

        Income from operations and net income applicable to common stock were $81.4 million and $21.4 million, respectively, in 2010 compared to $90.5 million and $36.1 million, respectively, in the prior year. During 2010 we incurred expenses which reduced income from operations by $21.8 million and net income by $25.1 million, net of tax. These costs include operating expenses of $16.4 million to relocate corporate headquarters from Bethesda, Maryland to Austin, Texas, and $5.4 million of costs related to the acquisition of ACP, and non-operating expenses of $14.0 million related to early extinguishment of debt, and $1.6 million to terminate the interest rate swaps tied to our extinguished debt instruments. During the fourth quarter of 2010, in conjunction with the ACP acquisition, we refinanced and expanded our credit facilities by issuing $200.0 million of Senior Notes due November 2018, borrowing $300.0 million under a Term Loan Facility due December 2016, and establishing a $100.0 million revolving credit facility due December 2015. We used proceeds from these offerings and cash on hand to acquire ACP. Our cash flow from operations decreased from $73.1 million in 2009 to $56.5 million in 2010 primarily due to costs incurred in the relocation of corporate headquarters, the acquisition of ACP, and the termination of the interest rate swaps.

        As of December 31, 2010, $300.0 million, or 59.0%, of our total debt of $508.7 million was subject to variable interest rates. We had total liquidity of $133.1 million, comprised of $36.3 million of cash and $96.8 million available under our revolving credit facility at December 31, 2010. We believe that we have sufficient liquidity to conduct our normal operations and fund its acquisition plans through 2011.

        For 2011, we expect revenues to be between $945 million and $955 million which would result in growth of 15.6% to 16.8% compared to 2010. We also expect diluted EPS for 2011 to be in the range of $1.63 to $1.68. We expect to improve operating margins by 20 - 40 basis points and to generate cash flow from operations of $85 million to $90 million. We also plan to invest $40 million to $50 million in new capital additions to fund our core business, including ACP's continued expansion and development of a comprehensive electronic practice management system.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        Our analysis and discussion of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our Consolidated Financial Statements that have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. GAAP provides the framework from which to make these estimates, assumptions and

29


Table of Contents


disclosures. We have chosen accounting policies within GAAP that we believe are appropriate to accurately and fairly report our operating results and financial position in a consistent manner. We regularly assess these policies in light of current and forecasted economic conditions. Our accounting policies are stated in Note B to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We believe the following accounting policies are critical to understanding our results of operations and the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements.

    Revenue Recognition:   Revenues in our patient care centers are derived from the sale of O&P devices and the maintenance and repair of existing devices. The sale of O&P devices includes the design, fabrication, assembly, fitting and delivery of a wide range of braces, limbs and other devices. Revenues from the sale of these devices are recorded when (i) acceptance by and delivery to the patient has occurred; (ii) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and there are no further obligations to the patient; (iii) the sales price is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenues from maintenance and repairs are recognized when the service is provided. Revenues on the sale of O&P devices to customers by the distribution segment are recorded upon the shipment of products, in accordance with the terms of the invoice, net of merchandise returns received and the amount established for anticipated returns. Discounted sales are recorded at net realizable value. Revenues in our therapeutic solutions are primarily derived from leasing rehabilitation technology combined with clinical therapy programs and education and training. The revenue is recorded on a monthly basis according to terms of the contracts with our customers.

      Revenue at our patient-care centers segment is recorded net of all contractual adjustments and discounts. We employ a systematic process to ensure that our sales are recorded at net realizable value and that any required adjustments are recorded on a timely basis. The contracting module of our centralized, computerized billing system is designed to record revenue at net realizable value based on our contract with the patient's insurance company. Updated billing information is received periodically from payors and is uploaded into our centralized contract module and then disseminated to all patient-care centers electronically.

      Disallowed sales generally relate to billings to payors with whom we do not have a formal contract. In these situations, we record the sale at usual and customary rates and simultaneously record an estimate to reduce the sale to net realizable value, based on our historical experience with the payor in question. Disallowed sales may also result if the payor rejects or adjusts certain billing codes. Billing codes are frequently updated within our industry. As soon as updates are received, we reflect the change in our centralized billing system.

      As part of our preauthorization process with payors, we validate our ability to bill the payor for the service we are providing before we deliver the device. Subsequent to billing for our devices and services, there may be problems with pre-authorization or other insurance coverage issues with payors. If there has been a lapse in coverage, the patient is financially responsible for the charges related to the devices and services received. If we do not collect from the patient, a bad debt expense is recognized.

      Occasionally, a portion of a bill is rejected by a payor due to a coding error on our part and we are prevented from pursuing payment from the patient due to the terms of our contract with the insurance company. We appeal these types of decisions and are generally successful. This activity is factored into our methodology to determine the estimate for the allowance for doubtful accounts. We immediately record, as a reduction of sales, a disallowed sale for any claims that we know we will not recover and adjust our future estimates accordingly.

      Certain accounts receivable may be uncollectible, even if properly pre-authorized and billed. Regardless of the balance, accounts receivable amounts are periodically evaluated to assess

30


Table of Contents


      collectibility. In addition to the actual bad debt expense recognized during collection activities, we estimate the amount of potential bad debt expense that may occur in the future. This estimate is based upon our historical experience as well as a review of our receivable balances.

      On a quarterly basis, we evaluate cash collections, accounts receivable balances and write-off activity to assess the adequacy of our allowance for doubtful accounts. Additionally, a company-wide evaluation of collectibility of receivable balances older than 180 days is performed at least semi-annually, the results of which are used in the next allowance analysis. In these detailed reviews, the account's net realizable value is estimated after considering the customer's payment history, past efforts to collect on the balance and the outstanding balance, and a specific reserve is recorded if needed. From time to time, we may outsource the collection of such accounts to collection agencies after internal collection efforts are exhausted. In cases where valid accounts receivable cannot be collected, the uncollectible account is written off to bad debt expense.

      The following represents the composition of our accounts receivable balance by payor:

December 31, 2010
  0-60 days   61-120 days   Over 120 days   Total  
(In thousands)
   
   
   
   
 

Commercial and other

  $ 59,827   $ 9,000   $ 8,439   $ 77,266  

Private pay

    7,088     2,304     1,324   $ 10,716  

Medicaid

    11,331     2,019     2,276   $ 15,626  

Medicare

    25,522     2,330     1,777   $ 29,629  

VA

    1,491     432     148   $ 2,071  
                   

  $ 105,259   $ 16,085   $ 13,964   $ 135,308  
                   

 

December 31, 2009
  0-60 days   61-120 days   Over 120 days   Total  
(In thousands)
   
   
   
   
 

Commercial and other

  $ 52,768   $ 9,862   $ 5,587   $ 68,217  

Private pay

    3,543     2,061     1,564   $ 7,168  

Medicaid

    9,929     2,177     1,382   $ 13,488  

Medicare

    22,624     1,796     1,316   $ 25,736  

VA

    1,087     240     71   $ 1,398  
                   

  $ 89,951   $ 16,136   $ 9,920   $ 116,007  
                   
    Inventories:   Inventories, which consist principally of raw materials, work in process and finished goods, are stated at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out method. At our patient-care centers segment, we calculate cost of goods sold—materials in accordance with the gross profit method for all reporting periods. We base the estimates used in applying the gross profit method on the actual results of the most recently completed physical inventory and other factors, such as sales mix and purchasing trends among other factors. Cost of goods sold—materials is adjusted once the annual physical inventory is taken and the valuation is completed in the fourth quarter. We treat these inventory adjustments as changes in accounting estimates.

      At our distribution segment, a perpetual inventory is maintained. We adjust our reserve for inventory obsolescence whenever the facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying cost of certain inventory items is in excess of its market price. Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of goods sold—materials.

    Fair Value:   Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted the authoritative guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures, which establishes a framework for measuring fair value and requires enhanced disclosures about fair value measurements. The authoritative guidance

31


Table of Contents

      requires disclosure about how fair value is determined for assets and liabilities and establishes a hierarchy by which these assets and liabilities must be grouped, based on significant levels of inputs as follows:

Level 1   quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2

 

quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability;

Level 3

 

unobservable inputs, such as discounted cash flow models and valuations.

      The determination of where assets and liabilities fall within this hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

      Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted the authoritative guidance that permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected are reported in earnings.

      Effective January 1, 2009, we adopted the authoritative guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures for all non-financial assets and liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis, noting no impact to our consolidated financial statements.

    Investments:   Trading securities consisted of auction rate securities accounted for in accordance with authoritative guidance for investments in debt and equity securities. Trading securities are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings. Securities purchased to be held for indeterminate periods of time and not intended at the time of purchase to be held until maturity are classified as available-for-sale securities with any unrealized gains and losses reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive loss on our consolidated balance sheets. We continually evaluate whether any marketable investments have been impaired and, if so, whether such impairment is temporary or other than temporary.

      Our investments consisted of two auction rate securities ("ARS") totaling $7.5 million of par value, $5.0 million was collateralized by Indiana Secondary Market Municipal Bond—1998 ("Indiana ARS") and $2.5 million was collateralized by Primus Financial Products Subordinated Deferrable Interest Notes ("Primus ARS"). ARS are securities that are structured with short-term interest rate reset dates which generally occur every 28 days and are linked to LIBOR. At the reset date, investors can attempt to sell via auction or continue to hold the securities at par. Our ARS were reported at fair value at December 31, 2009, and during 2010 both ARSs were sold.

      The fair values of our ARS were estimated through use of discounted cash flow models. These models consider, among other things, the timing of expected future successful auctions, collateralization of underlying security investments and the credit worthiness of the issuer. Since these inputs are not observable in an active market, they are classified as Level 3 inputs under the fair value accounting rules discussed above under "Fair Value".

      As a result of the lack of liquidity in the ARS market and not as a result of the quality of the underlying collateral, we recorded unrealized losses of $0.1 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, related to the Primus ARS. These losses are reflected in accumulated other comprehensive loss on our consolidated balance sheets. The unrealized losses recognized during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, represent the change in fair value of the auction rate securities. The fair value of the Primus ARS of $1.4 million and $1.5 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, was classified as other long term assets. During 2009, an other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI") credit loss

32


Table of Contents


      of $0.8 million was identified and recognized during the year ended December 31, 2009. This credit loss reduced the amortized cost basis on the Primus ARS to $1.7 million as of December 31, 2009.

      In May 2010, we sold our investment in the Primus ARS for $1.5 million in cash proceeds. We recognized a loss on the sale of the auction rate securities of $0.2 million, which is the difference between the amortized cost basis of $1.7 million and the cash proceeds of $1.5 million received from the sale of the Primus ARS. The loss was reported in other expense on our income statement.

      On November 4, 2008, we agreed to accept Auction Rate Security Rights ("the Rights") related to the Indiana ARS from UBS offered through a prospectus filed on October 7, 2008. The Rights permitted us to sell, or put, the Indiana ARS back to UBS at par value of $5.0 million, at any time during the period from June 30, 2010 through July 2, 2012 and to obtain a credit line from UBS collateralized by the ARS. We elected to classify the Rights and our investments in the Indiana ARS as trading securities in accordance with the authoritative guidance for accounting for investments in debt and equity securities.

      On July 1, 2010, we exercised our right to put the ARS back to UBS at par value of $5.0 million. The $5.0 million proceeds were received on July 1, 2010. As part of the settlement, we closed out a $3.6 million line of credit with UBS that we obtained as part of the buyback agreement originally executed in November 2008, with net cash proceeds of approximately $1.4 million. As of December 31, 2009, we determined the fair value of the Rights was $0.3 million and the fair value of the ARS was $4.7 million.

      An OTTI charge of approximately $1.0 million was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2008 due to the reclassification of the Indiana ARS from available for sale to trading securities. Recordation of the Rights asset resulted in a gain of $1.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2008. As of December 31, 2009, we determined the fair value of the Rights was $0.3 million and the fair value of the ARS was $4.7 million, while the fair values of the ARS and the Rights as of December 31, 2008 were $4.0 million and $1.0 million, respectively. The change in the fair value of the Rights and the ARS for the year ended December 31, 2009 are reflected as components of earnings.

    Interest Rate Swaps:   Prior to December 2010, we utilized interest rate swaps to manage our exposure to interest rate risk associated with our variable rate borrowings. The authoritative guidance for derivatives and hedging requires companies to recognize all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets. In accordance with the authoritative guidance, we designated the interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges of variable-rate borrowings. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses on the derivative representing hedge ineffectiveness were recognized in earnings.

33


Table of Contents

      In May 2008, we entered into two interest rate swap agreements under which $150.0 million of our variable rate term loans were converted to a fixed rate of 5.4%. The fair value of each interest rate swap is an estimate of the present value of the expected future cash flows we is to receive under the applicable interest rate swap agreement. The valuation models used to determine the fair value of the interest rate swaps are based upon the forward yield curve of one month LIBOR (Level 2 inputs), the hedged interest rate, and other factors including counterparty credit risk. As of December 31, 2008, liabilities from the interest rate swaps were $7.2 million, with $3.7 million reported in accrued expenses, with the remainder reported in other liabilities. Of the $7.2 million in liabilities reported as of December 31, 2008, $6.5 million related to the effective portion of the interest rate swaps and was reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss on our consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2009, liabilities from the interest rate swaps were $5.3 million, with $4.4 million reported in accrued expenses, and the remainder reported in other liabilities. Of the $5.3 million in liabilities reported as of December 31, 2009, $4.8 million of the decline was related to the effective portion of the interest rate swaps and was reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss on our consolidated balance sheets.

      On December 1, 2010, we were required to terminate the interest rate swaps due to refinancing of the credit facilities. We incurred a loss of $1.6 million, which is recorded in loss/(gain) from interest rate swap on the consolidated income statement.

    Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets:   Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the value assigned to net identifiable assets of purchased businesses. We assess goodwill for impairment annually on October 1, or when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the reporting units may not be recoverable. Any impairment would be recognized by a charge to operating results and a reduction in the carrying value of the intangible asset. Our annual impairment test for goodwill primarily utilizes the income approach and considers the market approach and the cost approach in determining the value of our reporting units. Non-compete agreements are recorded based on agreements entered into by us and are amortized, using the straight-line method, over their terms ranging from five to seven years. Other definite-lived intangible assets are recorded at cost and are amortized, using the straight-line method, over their estimated useful lives of up to 17 years. Whenever the facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of these intangibles may not be recoverable, we review and assess the future cash flows expected to be generated from the related intangible for possible impairment. Any impairment would be recognized as a charge to operating results and a reduction in the carrying value of the intangible asset. As of October 1, 2010, there were no indicators of impairment as the fair value of the reporting units is substantially in excess of their carrying value.

    Income taxes:   We are required to estimate income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This process involves estimating the actual current tax liability together with assessing temporary differences in recognition of income (loss) for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. We then assess the likelihood that the deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent that we believe that recovery is not likely, we establish a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset.

      We recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on a two-step process. The first step requires us to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that the tax position has met the threshold for recognition; therefore, we must evaluate whether it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step requires us to measure the tax benefit of the tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in an income tax return as the largest amount that is more than

34


Table of Contents

      50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. This measurement step is inherently complex and requires subjective estimations of such amounts to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We re-evaluate the uncertain tax positions each quarter based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, expirations of statutes of limitation, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement would result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the period.

      Although we believe the measurement of our liabilities for uncertain tax positions is reasonable, no assurance can be given that the final outcome of these matters will not be different than what is reflected in the historical income tax provisions and accruals. If additional taxes are assessed as a result of an audit or litigation, it could have a material effect on the income tax provision and net income in the period or periods for which that determination is made. We operate within multiple taxing jurisdictions and are subject to audit in these jurisdictions. These audits can involve complex issues which may require an extended period of time to resolve and could result in additional assessments of income tax. We believe adequate provisions for income taxes have been made for all periods.

      Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan:     Benefit costs and liabilities balances are calculated based on certain assumptions including benefits earned, discount rates, interest costs, mortality rates and other factors. Actual results that differ from the assumptions are accumulated and amortized over future periods, affecting the recorded obligation and expense in future periods. The following assumptions were used in the calculation of the net benefit cost and obligation at December 31:

 
  2010   2009  

Discount rate

    4.75 %   5.50 %

Average rate of increase in compensation

    3.00 %   3.25 %

      We believe the assumptions used are appropriate. However, changes in assumptions or differences in actual experience may affect our benefit obligation and future expenses.

New Accounting Guidance

        In January 2010, the FASB issued additional authoritative guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures. This includes the disclosure of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and 2 measurements and describing the reasons for the transfers, reporting of information separately for purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements within Level 3 measurements, level of disaggregation, and input and valuation techniques. The additional authoritative guidance, except for the reporting of information within Level 3 measurements was effective January 1, 2010. The adoption of the additional guidance on January 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. The additional authoritative guidance for the reporting of activity for purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements within Level 3 measurements is effective January 1, 2011. We believe the impact of the additional authoritative guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures for Level 3 measurements will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

35


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

        The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain items from our statements of operations as a percentage of our net sales:

 
  For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2010   2009   2008  

Net sales

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Cost of goods sold—Materials

    30.3     30.0     29.9  

Personnel Costs

    34.8     34.9     35.3  

Other operating expenses

    20.0     21.1     21.3  

Relocation expenses

    2.0          

Acquisition expenses

    0.7          

Depreciation and amortization

    2.3     2.1     2.4  
               

Income from operations

    9.9     11.9     11.1  

Interest expense

    3.7     4.0     4.7  

Extinguishment of debt

    1.7          

Loss (gain) from interest rate swap

    0.2         (0.1 )
               

Income before taxes

    4.3     7.9     6.3  

Provision for income taxes

    1.7     3.2     2.5  
               

Net income

    2.6     4.7     3.8  
               

Year-ended December 31, 2010 compared with the year ended December 31, 2009

        Net Sales.     Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased by $57.3 million, or 7.5%, to $817.4 million from $760.1 million last year. The sales increase was principally the result of a $30.4 million, or 4.6%, increase in same-center sales in the patient care centers, a $7.5 million, or 8.5%, increase in sales of our distribution segment, $5.5 million in sales from the therapeutic solutions segment and a $13.9 million increase principally related to sales from acquired patient care entities.

        Cost of Goods Sold—Materials.     Cost of goods sold—materials for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $247.6 million, an increase of $19.3 million, or 8.4%, over $228.3 million for the same period in the prior year. The increase was the result of the growth in sales. Cost of goods sold—materials as a percentage of net sales increased to 30.3% in 2010 from 30.0% in 2009. The increase in cost of goods sold—materials as a percentage of sales resulted from a change in revenue mix within our patient-care centers and increased sales in our distribution business, which have higher materials costs and, to a lesser extent, increased from materials costs at the patient care centers.

        Personnel Costs.     Personnel costs for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased by $19.5 million to $284.1 million from $264.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase of $19.5 million from the prior year is due primarily to $9.1 million related to merit increases and other compensation, $8.0 million from acquired entities, and a $2.4 million increase in employee benefit cost. As a percentage of net sales, personnel costs have decreased by 10 basis points compared to the same period in the prior year.

        Other Operating Expenses.     Other operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased by $3.3 million to $163.7 million from $160.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase is due primarily to $3.0 million increase in expenses from acquired entities and $0.3 million increase in other operating expenses. Other operating expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased 110 basis points to 20.0% compared to the same period in the prior year.

36


Table of Contents

        Relocation Expenses.     We have substantially completed the relocation of our corporate office from Bethesda, Maryland to Austin, Texas. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we incurred $16.4 million in relocation costs, of which $5.8 million was from lease termination costs related to the closing of the Bethesda, Maryland office. The remainder relates to employee relocation and separation costs. We anticipate incurring additional costs into 2011 as employees finalize their relocation.

        Acquisition Expenses.     We acquired ACP and incurred acquisition costs of $5.4 million related to the transaction, consisting of $3.3 million in legal and advisor fees and $2.1 million of stock-based compensation.

        Depreciation and Amortization.     Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $18.8 million versus $16.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase is commensurate with the increase in fixed asset purchases over the last 12 months and the acquisition of ACP.

        Income from Operations.     Income from operations decreased $9.1 million to $81.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $90.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2009 primarily due to nonrecurring expenses of $21.8 million consisting of corporate relocation and costs related to the acquisition of ACP, offset by increased sales.

        Interest Expense.     Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased slightly to $30.3 million compared to $30.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily due to lower variable interest rates.

        Extinguishment of Debt.     In November and December 2010, we completed the refinancing of substantially all our outstanding debt. In conjunction with this transaction, a $14.0 million loss on extinguishment of debt was recorded during the fourth quarter.

        Loss on Interest Rate Swaps.     We incurred a $1.6 million charge to terminate the interest rate swaps. We were required to terminate the swaps in conjunction with refinancing our credit facilities.

        Provision for Income Taxes.     An income tax provision of $14.0 million was recognized for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $23.9 million for the same period of the prior year. The decrease in the income tax provision is primarily due to lower pre-tax earnings and to a lesser extent lower state income tax rates. Our effective tax rate in 2010 has benefited from the release of $1.2 million in income tax reserves and other discrete items.

        Net Income.     Net income applicable to common stock for year ended December 31, 2010 decreased to $21.4 million, or $0.65 per diluted share, compared to net income applicable to common stock of $36.1 million, or $1.13 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2009. The current period decreased over the same period in the prior year due mainly to corporate office relocation expenses, costs to acquire ACP, the extinguishment of debt, and the loss on the termination of the interest rate swaps.

Year-ended December 31, 2009 compared with the year ended December 31, 2008

        Net Sales.     Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased by $57.0 million, or 8.1%, to $760.1 million from $703.1 million last year. The sales increase was principally the result of a $29.6 million, or 4.9%, increase in same-center sales in our patient care centers, a $7.3 million, or 9.1%, increase in sales of our distribution segment and a $20.1 million increase principally related to sales from acquired entities.

        Cost of Goods Sold—Materials.     Cost of goods sold—materials for the year ended December 31, 2009 were $228.3 million, an increase of $18.0 million, or 8.6%, over $210.3 million for the same period

37


Table of Contents


in the prior year. The increase was the result of the growth in sales. Cost of goods sold—materials as a percentage of net sales increased to 30.0% in 2009 from 29.9% in 2008. The increase in cost of goods sold—materials as a percentage of sales resulted from an increase in sales of the distributions business which have higher materials costs and, to a lesser extent, from increased materials costs at the patient care centers.

        Personnel Costs.     Personnel costs for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased by $16.4 million to $264.6 million from $248.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase of $16.4 million from the prior year is due primarily to $7.6 million related to merit increases and other compensation, $6.5 million from acquired entities, and $2.3 million increase in employee benefit cost. As a percentage of net sales, personnel costs have decreased by 40 basis points compared to the same period in the prior year.

        Other Operating Expenses.     Other operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased by $10.7 million to $160.4 million from $149.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase is due primarily to $6.3 million increase in bonus expense, $4.0 million increase in rent expense, and $0.4 million increase in other operating expenses. Other operating expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased 20 basis points to 21.1% compared to the same period in the prior year.

        Depreciation and Amortization.     Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $16.3 million versus $17.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease from the prior year was due to certain assets related to our billing system being fully depreciated.

        Income from Operations.     Income from operations increased $12.8 million to $90.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $77.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2008 due to the combination of increased sales and effective expense management.

        Interest Expense.     Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased to $30.7 million compared to $32.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, primarily due to lower variable interest rates.

        Provision for Income Taxes.     An income tax provision of $23.9 million was recognized for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $17.7 million for the same period of the prior year. The change in the income tax provision was primarily the result of an increase in pretax income. The effective tax rate was 39.8% for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. The effective tax rate consists principally of the federal statutory tax rate of 35.0% and state income taxes.

        Net Income.     Net income applicable to common stock for year ended December 31, 2009 increased to $36.1 million, or $1.13 per diluted share, compared to net income applicable to common stock of $21.1 million, or $0.78 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2008. In addition to improved income from operations, net income benefited from lower variable interest costs during 2009.

Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash Flows

        Our working capital at December 31, 2010 was $185.8 million compared to $216.7 million at December 31, 2009. The decrease in working capital is primarily due to the decrease in cash used in the purchase of ACP. Days sales outstanding ("DSO"), which is the number of days between the billing for our O&P services and the date of our receipt of payment thereof, for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased to 52 days compared to 50 days for the same period last year. The increase in DSO was due to the changes in payor mix. Net cash provided by operating activities was $56.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $73.1 million in the prior year. The decrease in current

38


Table of Contents


year operating cash flows resulted primarily from cash paid related to the acquisition costs of ACP, the relocation of corporate headquarters, the termination of the interest rate swaps, and to a lesser extent increased DSO and inventory.

        Net cash used in investing activities was $186.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $34.2 million in the prior year. In 2010, 2009, and 2008, we invested $30.6 million, $21.3 million, and $19.3 million, respectively, in improvements to our patient care centers and in upgrades to our computer hardware and software. In 2010, we acquired five O&P companies operating a total of six patient care centers at an aggregate purchase price of $10.6 million, and we completed the acquisition of ACP for a purchase price of approximately $157.8 million. The ACP acquisition was funded using cash on hand and a portion of the proceeds from the debt refinancing discussed below. In 2009, we acquired seven O&P companies and one fabrication facility, operating a total of 23 patient care centers for an aggregate purchase price of $16.6 million. We acquired 13 orthotic and prosthetic companies in 2008. Additionally, in 2009, we invested $2.0 million in company owned life insurance policies which cover the executives and certain management of the Company, whereby the Company is the beneficiary. Net cash used in investing activities in 2010 was offset by the sale of our auction rate securities, with proceeds totaling $6.5 million.

        Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities was $81.2 million, ($12.8) million, and $8.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. During 2008 cash from financing activities included borrowings under the revolving credit facility which were repaid in 2009. In 2008 and 2009, we made required repayments of seller notes and term loans, as well as received proceeds from common stock related to employee stock compensation plans. During 2010 we: (i) refinanced our credit facilities (see further description below under the heading "Debt"); (ii) sold 0.4 million shares of common stock with proceeds of $7.4 million to executives of ACP in connection with the closing of the ACP acquisition; (iii) paid off the $3.6 million line of credit related to the auction rate securities; and (iv) made scheduled repayments of seller notes of $3.8 million; and (v) $5.0 million of proceeds from issuance of stock under employee stock compensation plans.

Debt

        The following summarizes our debt balance at December 31:

(In thousands)
  2010   2009  

Revolving Credit Facility

  $   $  

Line of Credit

        3,628  

Term Loan

    300,000     221,956  

7 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018

    200,000      

10 1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014

        175,000  

Subordinated seller notes, non-collateralized, net of unamortized discount with principal and interest payable in either monthly, quarterly or annual installments at effective interest rates ranging from 3.00% to 7.25%, maturing through November 2018

    8,684     9,888  
           

    508,684     410,472  

Less current portion

    (7,006 )   (8,835 )
           

  $ 501,678   $ 401,637  
           

39


Table of Contents

Refinancing

        During the fourth quarter of 2010, we refinanced our credit facilities though the issuance of $200.0 million of 7 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018, borrowing $300.0 million under a Term Loan Facility maturing in 2016, and established a $100.0 million revolving credit facility maturing in December 2015. We recorded a $14.0 million charge relate to the early extinguishment of the debt comprised primarily of $9.8 million of premiums paid to debt holders and a $4.2 million write-off of debt issuance costs and other fees. The proceeds of the refinancing were used for the following: (i) $184.8 million to retire our outstanding 10 1 / 4 % Senior notes due 2014 and related premiums and fees; (ii) $220.3 million to retire the term loan under our existing credit facility; (iii) pay $16.9 million in debt issuance costs; and (iv) $78.2 million for general corporate purposes, including the acquisition of ACP. In conjunction with the refinancing, we incurred a $1.6 million charge because we were contractually obligated to terminate interest rate swap agreements associated with our existing credit facility.

Revolving Credit Facility

        Our $100.0 million Revolving Credit Facility matures on December 1, 2015 and bears interest at LIBOR plus 3.75%, or the applicable rate (as defined in the credit agreement), and includes a 1.5% LIBOR floor. The obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility are guaranteed by our subsidiaries and are secured by a first priority perfected interest in our subsidiaries' shares, all of our assets, and all the assets of our subsidiaries. The Revolving Credit Facility requires compliance with various covenants including but not limited to (i) minimum consolidated interest coverage ratio of 3.00:1.00 until September 30, 2011, 3.25:1.00 from October 1, 2011 to September 30, 2012, and 3.50:1.00 thereafter until maturity; (ii) maximum total leverage ratio of 5.00:1.00 until December 31, 2011, 4.50:1.00 from January 1, 2012 to September 30, 2012, 4.00:1.00 from October 1, 2012 to September 30, 2013, and 3.75:1.00 thereafter until maturity; and (iii) maximum annual capital expenditures of 7.5% of consolidated net revenues of the preceding fiscal year with an additional maximum rollover of $15.0 million from the prior year's allowance if not expended in the fiscal year for which it is permitted. At December 31, 2010, we were in compliance with these covenants. As of December 31, 2010, we have not drawn on the Revolving Credit Facility and have $96.8 million available under that facility. Availability under our Revolving Credit Facility is net of standby letters of credit of approximately $3.2 million.

Line of Credit

        On April 6, 2009, we obtained a collateralized line of credit from UBS in conjunction with the Rights agreement. The credit line was collateralized by our Indiana ARS and allowed us to borrow up to the fair market value of the ARS not to exceed its $5.0 million par value. We had drawn $3.6 million, which was the maximum allowed under the agreement. The credit line had no net cost to us as interest expense was equal to the income on the ARS. On July 1, 2010, we settled the $3.6 million line of credit with UBS in conjunction with settling the Rights agreement.

Term Loan Facility

        Our $300.0 million Term Loan Facility matures on December 1, 2016 and requires quarterly payments commencing March 31, 2011. From time to time, mandatory payments may be required as a result of capital stock issuances, additional debt incurrences, asset sales, or other events as defined in the credit agreement. The Term Loan Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus 3.75%, or the applicable rate (as defined in the credit agreement), and includes a 1.5% LIBOR floor. At December 31, 2010, the interest rate on the Term Loan Facility was 5.25%. The obligations under the Term Loan Facility are guaranteed by our subsidiaries and are secured by a first priority perfected interest in our subsidiaries' shares, all of our assets, and all the assets of our subsidiaries. The Term Loan Facility is

40


Table of Contents


subject to covenants that mirror those of the Revolving Credit Facility, and as of December 31, 2010, we were in compliance with these covenants.

7 1 / 8 % Senior Notes

        Our 7 1 / 8 % Senior Notes mature November 15, 2018 and are senior indebtness which is guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by all of our current and future material domestic subsidiaries. Interest is payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing May 15, 2011.

        On or prior to November 15, 2013, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes at a redemption price of 107.125% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest to the redemption date. On or after November 15, 2014, we may redeem all or from time to time a part of the notes upon not less than 30 not more than 60 days' notice, for the twelve month period beginning on November 15, of the indicated years at (i) 103.563% during 2014; (ii) 101.781% during 2015; and (iii) 100.00% during 2016 and thereafter through November 15, 2018.

Debt Covenants

        The terms of the Senior Notes, the Revolving Credit Facility, and the Term Loan Facility limit our ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, create liens, pay dividends on or redeem capital stock, make certain investments, make restricted payments, make certain dispositions of assets, engage in transactions with affiliates, engage in certain business activities and engage in mergers, consolidations and certain sales of assets. At December 31, 2010, we were in compliance with all covenants under these debt agreements.

General

        We believe that, based on current levels of operations and anticipated growth, cash generated from operations, together with other available sources of liquidity, including borrowings available under the Revolving Credit Facility, will be sufficient for at least the next twelve months to fund anticipated capital expenditures and make required payments of principal and interest on our debt, including payments due on our outstanding debt. As of December 31, 2010, $300.0 million, or 59.0%, of our total debt of $508.7 million was subject to variable interest rates. We had access to funds totaling $133.1 million, comprised of $36.3 million of cash and $96.8 million available under the Revolving Credit Facility, at December 31, 2010. Availability under the Revolving Credit Facility is net of $3.2 million of outstanding letters of credit. We believe that we have sufficient liquidity to conduct our normal operations and fund our acquisition plan in 2011.

41


Table of Contents

Obligations and Commercial Commitments

        The following table sets forth our contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2010:

(In thousands)
  2011   2012   2013   2014   2015   Thereafter   Total  

Long-term debt

  $ 7,006   $ 6,421   $ 4,216   $ 3,107   $ 3,000   $ 484,934   $ 508,684  

Interest payments on long-term debt

    30,337     29,986     29,672     29,472     29,311     54,017     202,795  

Operating leases

    40,018     33,423     25,932     19,223     9,950     26,615     155,161  

Capital leases

    433     360     192     16             1,001  

Other long-term obligations(1)

    8,808     5,959     4,118     3,526     1,584     11,971     35,966  
                               

Total contractual cash obligations

  $ 86,602   $ 76,149   $ 64,130   $ 55,344   $ 43,845   $ 577,537   $ 903,607  
                               

(1)
Other long-term obligations include commitments under our SERP plan. Refer to Note K of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional disclosure.

        The carrying value of the Company's long-term debt, excluding the Senior Notes, approximates fair value based on rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities. The fair value of the Senior Notes, at December 31, 2010, was $198.5 million, as compared to the carrying value of $200.0 million at that date. The fair values of the Senior Notes were based on the quoted market price of 99.25 obtained from Bank of America Merrill Lynch at December 31, 2010.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        The wholly-owned subsidiary, IN, Inc., is party to a non-binding purchase agreement under which it purchases assembled WalkAide System kits. As of December 31, 2010, IN, Inc. had outstanding purchase commitments of approximately $1.0 million, which we expect to be fulfilled over the next three months.

Dividends

        We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock and intend to continue this policy for the foreseeable future. We plan to retain earnings for use in our business. The terms of our agreements with our financing sources and certain other agreements limit the payment of dividends on our common stock and such agreements will continue to limit the payment of dividends in the future.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

        In 2004, we implemented an unfunded noncontributory defined benefit plan that covers certain of our senior executives. We have engaged an actuary to calculate the benefit obligation and net benefits cost as of December 31, 2010, and 2009 and have utilized the actuarial calculations as a basis for establishing our benefit obligation liability.

        The following weighted average assumptions were used to determine the benefit obligation and net benefit cost at December 31:

 
  2010   2009  

Discount rate

    4.75 %   5.50 %

Average rate of increase in compensation

    3.00 %   3.25 %

        The discount rate at December 31, 2010 of 4.75% decreased 75 basis points compared to the discount rate used at December 31, 2009 due to changes in the pension discount curve rate available

42


Table of Contents


on the open market at December 31, 2010. The average rate of increase in compensation was 3.00% at December 31, 2010 and 3.25% in 2009.

        Future payments under the supplemental executive retirement plan as of December 31, 2010 are as follows:

 
  (In thousands)  

2011

  $ 526  

2012

    697  

2013

    697  

2014

    1,584  

2015

    1,584  

Thereafter

    11,971  
       

  $ 17,059  
       

Selected Operating Data

        The following table sets forth selected operating data as of the end of the years indicated:

 
  2010   2009   2008   2007   2006  

Patient-care centers

    678     677     668     636     618  

Revenue-generating O&P practitioners

    1,156     1,127     1,070     1,060     1,034  

Number of states (including D.C.)

    46     46     46     46     46  

Same-center net sales growth(1)

    4.6 %   4.9 %   7.3 %   5.0 %   2.2 %

(1)
Represents the aggregate increase or decrease of our patient-care centers' sales in the current year compared to the preceding year. Patient-care centers that have been owned by the Company for at least one full year are included in the computation.

Market Risk

        We are exposed to the market risk that is associated with changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2010, all of our outstanding debt, with the exception of the $300.0 million of the Term Loan Facility is subject to fixed interest rates (see Item 7A below).

Forward Looking Statements

        This report contains forward-looking statements setting forth our beliefs or expectations relating to future revenues, contracts and operations, as well as the results of an internal investigation and certain legal proceedings. Actual results may differ materially from projected or expected results due to changes in the demand for our O&P products and services, uncertainties relating to the results of operations or recently acquired O&P patient-care centers, our ability to enter into and derive benefits from managed-care contracts, our ability to successfully attract and retain qualified O&P practitioners, federal laws governing the health-care industry, uncertainties inherent in investigations and legal proceedings, governmental policies affecting O&P operations and other risks and uncertainties generally affecting the health-care industry. Readers are cautioned not to put undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Refer to risk factors disclosed in Part I, Item 1A of this filing for discussion of risks and uncertainties. We disclaim any intent or obligation to publicly update these forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

43


Table of Contents

ITEM 7A.     QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK .

        We have existing obligations relating to our 7 1 / 8 % Senior Notes, Term Loan Facility, and Subordinated Seller Notes. As of December 31, 2010, we have cash flow exposure to the changing interest rates on $300.0 million of the Term Loan Facility. The other obligations have fixed interest rates.

        Presented below is an analysis of our financial instruments as of December 31, 2010 that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. The table demonstrates the changes in estimated annual cash flow related to the outstanding balance under the Term Loan Facility, calculated for an instantaneous parallel shift in interest rates, plus or minus 50 basis points ("BPS"), 100 BPS, and 150 BPS.

 
  Annual Interest Expense
Given an Interest Rate Decrease
of X Basis Points
  No Change in
Interest
Rates
  Annual Interest Expense
Given an Interest Rate Increase
of X Basis Points
 
Cash Flow Risk
  (150 BPS)   (100 BPS)   (50 BPS)    
  50 BPS   100 BPS   150 BPS  
(In thousands)
   
 

Term Loan

  $ 11,250   $ 12,750   $ 14,250   $ 15,750   $ 17,250   $ 18,750   $ 20,250  

ITEM 8.     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA .

        The consolidated financial statements and schedules required hereunder and contained herein are listed under Item 15(a) below and included beginning at page F-4 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Quarterly Financial Data

 
  Quarter Ended (Unaudited)  
2010
  Mar 31   Jun 30   Sep 30   Dec 31(1)  
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Net Sales

  $ 178,316   $ 205,808   $ 206,749   $ 226,505  

Income from Operations

  $ 14,212   $ 23,148   $ 18,315   $ 25,702  

Net Income

  $ 4,002   $ 9,762   $ 6,924   $ 746  

Basic per Common Share Net Income

  $ 0.13   $ 0.30   $ 0.21   $ 0.02  

Diluted per Common Share Net Income

  $ 0.12   $ 0.30   $ 0.21   $ 0.02  

 

 
  Quarter Ended (Unaudited)  
2009
  Mar 31   Jun 30   Sep 30   Dec 31(1)  
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
 

Net Sales

  $ 169,146   $ 193,523   $ 192,296   $ 205,104  

Income from Operations

  $ 15,131   $ 24,156   $ 23,762   $ 27,471  

Net Income

  $ 4,515   $ 10,036   $ 9,642   $ 11,900  

Basic per Common Share Net Income

  $ 0.15   $ 0.32   $ 0.31   $ 0.37  

Diluted per Common Share Net Income

  $ 0.14   $ 0.31   $ 0.30   $ 0.37  

ITEM 9.     CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE .

        None.

ITEM 9A.     CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES .

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by it in its periodic reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the

44


Table of Contents


Commission's rules and forms. Based on an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures conducted by the our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, such officers concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2010. Additionally our officers concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2010 to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports filed with the Exchange Act was accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

        (a)    Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

        In accordance with Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Item 308(a) of the Commission's Regulation S-K, the report of management on our internal control over financial reporting is set forth immediately preceding our financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Management's assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of Accelerated Care Plus, Corp., which is included in the 2010 consolidated financial statements and constituted 14.2% of total assets as of December 31, 2010 and 0.6% of revenues for the year then ended.

        (b)    Report of the Registrant's Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

        The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

        (c)    Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

        In accordance with Rule 13a-15(d) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, determined that there was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2010, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the our internal control over financial reporting. Management's assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of Accelerated Care Plus, Corp., which is included in the 2010 consolidated financial statements and constituted 14.2% of total assets as of December 31, 2010 and 0.6% of revenues for the year then ended.

ITEM 9B.     OTHER INFORMATION .

        None.

45


Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 10.     DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE .

        Pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K, the information called for by this item regarding directors is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement or amendment hereto to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report. Information regarding our executive officers is set forth at the end of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 11.     EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION .

        Pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K, the information called for by this item is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement or amendment hereto to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report.

ITEM 12.     SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS .

        Pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K, the information called for by this item is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement or amendment hereto to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report.

ITEM 13.     CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE .

        Pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K, the information called for by this item is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement or amendment hereto to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report.

ITEM 14.     PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES .

        Pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K, the information called for by this item is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement or amendment hereto to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report.

46


Table of Contents

PART IV

ITEM 15.     EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE .

         (a)    Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule :

             (1)    Financial Statements:

Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc.

       

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

       

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

       

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009

       

Consolidated Income Statements for the Three Years Ended December 31, 2010

       

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the Three Years Ended December 31, 2010

       

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Years Ended December 31, 2010

       

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

       

             (2)    Financial Statements Schedule:

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts        

All other schedules are omitted either because they are not applicable or required, or because the required information is included in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

 

 

 

             (3)    Exhibits:

See Part (b) of this Item 15.

(b)
Exhibits: The following exhibits are filed herewith or incorporated herein by reference:


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.   Document
  2.1   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated October 18, 2010, by and among Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc., Speed Acquisition Vehicle, Inc., ComVest ACPC Holdings, LLC and John B. Beach. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 18, 2010).

 

3.1

 

Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Registrant. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1988).

 

3.2

 

Certificate of Amendment of the Registrant's Certificate of Incorporation (which, among other things, changed the Registrant's corporate name from Sequel Corporation to Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc.), as filed on August 11, 1989 with the Office of the Secretary of State of Delaware. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(b) to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 13, 1990).

 

3.3

 

Certificate of Agreement of Merger of Sequel Corporation and Delaware Sequel Corporation. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1(a) to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1988).

47


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Document
  3.4   Certificate of Ownership and Merger of Hanger Acquisition Corporation and J. E. Hanger, Inc. as filed with the Office of the Secretary of the State of Delaware on April 11, 1989. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2(f) to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 15, 1989).

 

3.5

 

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on September 16, 1999. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999).

 

3.6

 

Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2008).

 

4.1

 

Indenture, dated November 2, 2010, by and among the Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc., each of the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 29, 2010).

 

4.2

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 2, 2010, by and among Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Jefferies & Company, Inc., as representatives of the several initial purchasers. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 29, 2010).

 

4.3

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated December 13, 2010, by and among the Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc., each of the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee. (Filed herewith).

 

10.1

 

Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended through May 10, 2007. (Incorporated herein by reference to Appendix 1 to the Registrant's Proxy Statement, dated April 10, 2007, relating to the Registrant's Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on May 10, 2007).*

 

10.2

 

Amended and Restated 2003 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Incentive Plan, as amended through May 10, 2007. (Incorporated herein by reference to Appendix 2 to the Registrant's Proxy Statement, dated April 10, 2007, relating to the Registrant's Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on May 10, 2007).

 

10.3

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement (Non-Executive Employees), Stock Option Agreement (Executive Employees), Restricted Stock Agreement (Non-Executive Employees) and Restricted Stock Agreement (Executive Employees). (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibits 10.1, 10.2, 10.3 and 10.4, respectively, to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 24, 2005).

 

10.4

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2011 (Filed herewith).*

 

10.5

 

Amended and Restated Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 25, 2006, by and among the Registrant, Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund, L.P. and the Initial Purchasers identified therein. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006).

48


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Document
  10.6   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2006, among the Registrant and Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund, L.P. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006).

 

10.7

 

Letter Agreements, dated May 26, 2006, between the Registrant and Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund, L.P. regarding board and management rights. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006).

 

10.8

 

Credit Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2010, among the Company and the lenders and agents party thereto. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 1, 2010).

 

10.9

 

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2010, made by the Registrant, as Borrower, and certain of its subsidiaries, in favor of Bank of America, N/A., as Administrative Agent. (Filed herewith).

 

10.10

 

Fourth Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2005, by and between Ivan R. Sabel and the Registrant. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007).*

 

10.11

 

Third Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2005, by and between George E. McHenry and the Registrant. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007).*

 

10.12

 

Fourth Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2005, by and between Thomas F. Kirk and the Registrant. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007).*

 

10.13

 

Third Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2005, by and between Richmond L. Taylor and the Registrant. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007).*

 

10.14

 

Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of September 13, 2007, by and between Ronald N. May and the Registrant. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on November 13, 2007).*

 

10.15

 

Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2008, by and between Ivan R. Sabel and the Registrant. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on February 6, 2008).*

 

10.16

 

Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2008, by and between Thomas F. Kirk and the Registrant. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on February 6, 2008).

 

10.17

 

Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc. 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010).*

49


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Document
  10.18   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010).*

 

10.19

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Executives (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010).*

 

10.20

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Employees Executives (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010).*

 

10.21

 

Form of Non-Employee Director Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010).*

 

10.22

 

Form of Executive Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010).*

 

10.23

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010).*

 

10.24

 

Securities Purchase and Lock-Up Agreement, dated October 18, 2010, by and between Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc. and John B. Breach and Schedule of Substantially Identical Securities Purchase and Lock-Up Agreements Omitted Pursuant to Instruction 2 to Item 601 of Regulation S-K (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 18, 2010).

 

10.25

 

Employment Agreement, effective as of November 2008 by and between Vinit Asar and the Registrant. (Filed herewith).*

 

21

 

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant. (Filed herewith).

 

23.1

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. (Filed herewith).

 

31.1

 

Written Statement of the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed herewith).

 

31.2

 

Written Statement of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed herewith).

 

32

 

Written Statement of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed herewith).

*
Management contract or compensatory plan

50


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

    HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

Dated: March 11, 2011

 

By:

 

/s/ THOMAS F. KIRK

Thomas F. Kirk
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 
   
Dated: March 11, 2011   /s/ THOMAS F. KIRK

Thomas F. Kirk
President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

Dated: March 11, 2011

 

/s/ GEORGE E. MCHENRY

George E. McHenry
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

Dated: March 11, 2011

 

/s/ THOMAS C. HOFMEISTER

Thomas C. Hofmeister
Vice President of Finance
(Chief Accounting Officer)

Dated: March 11, 2011

 

/s/ IVAN R. SABEL, CPO

Ivan R. Sabel, CPO
Chairman

Dated: March 11, 2011

 

/s/ PETER NEFF

Peter Neff
Director

51


Table of Contents

 
   
Dated: March 11, 2011   /s/ THOMAS P. COOPER, M.D.

Thomas P. Cooper, M.D.
Director

Dated: March 11, 2011

 

/s/ CYNTHIA L. FELDMANN

Cynthia L. Feldmann
Director

Dated: March 11, 2011

 

/s/ ERIC GREEN

Eric Green
Director

Dated: March 11, 2011

 

/s/ STEPHEN HARE

Stephen Hare
Director

Dated: March 11, 2011

 

/s/ ISAAC KAUFMAN

Isaac Kaufman
Director

Dated: March 11, 2011

 

/s/ BENNETT ROSENTHAL

Bennett Rosenthal
Director

52


Table of Contents


INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Table of Contents

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

        The following sets forth, in accordance with Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Item 308(a) of the Securities and Exchange Commission's Regulation S-K, the annual report of management of Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc. (the "Company") on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

        1.     Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and effected by the Company's Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

    Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

    Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and

    Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        2.     Management of the Company, in accordance with Rule 13a-15(c) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and with the participation of the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010. The framework on which management's evaluation of the Company's internal control over financial reporting is based is the "Internal Control—Integrated Framework" published in 1992 by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations ("COSO") of the Treadway Commission.

        3.     Management has determined that the Company's internal control over financial reporting, as of December 31, 2010, was effective. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        4.     In making its assessment of the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, Management excluded Accelerated Care Plus, Corp. from its assessment because this entity was acquired by Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc. in December 2010. Accelerated Care Plus, Corp. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc. that represents 14.2% of consolidated total assets and 0.6% of consolidated revenue as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010. See Note F to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the acquisition.

        5.     The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc.:

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1), present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2), presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

        As discussed in Note F to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for business combinations in 2009.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

F-2


Table of Contents

        As described in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management has excluded Accelerated Care Plus, Corp. from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during 2010. We have also excluded Accelerated Care Plus, Corp. from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. Accelerated Care Plus, Corp. is a wholly-owned subsidiary whose total assets and total revenues represent 14.2 percent and 0.6 percent, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Austin, Texas
March 11, 2011
       

F-3


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 
  December 31,  
 
  2010   2009  

ASSETS

             

CURRENT ASSETS

             
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 36,308   $ 84,558  
 

Short-term investments

        4,976  
 

Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $16,686 and $10,526 in 2010 and 2009, respectively

    118,622     105,480  
 

Inventories

    98,290     91,289  
 

Prepaid expenses, other current assets and income taxes receivable

    17,814     8,380  
 

Deferred income taxes

    17,458     15,167  
           
   

Total current assets

    288,492     309,850  
           

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

             
 

Land

    839     864  
 

Buildings

    4,299     4,599  
 

Furniture and fixtures

    16,134     14,007  
 

Machinery and equipment

    52,905     45,803  
 

Equipment leased to third parties under operating leases

    31,294      
 

Leasehold improvements

    59,223     52,174  
 

Computer and software

    69,648     59,980  
           
   

Total property, plant and equipment, gross

    234,342     177,427  
 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

    131,038     115,116  
           
   

Total property, plant and equipment, net

    103,304     62,311  
           

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

             
 

Excess cost over net assets acquired

    590,699     484,422  
 

Patents and other intangible assets, $66,779 and $16,828 in 2010 and 2009, respectively, less accumulated amortization of $10,400 and $9,312 in 2010 and 2009, respectively

    56,379     7,516  
           
   

Total intangible assets, net

    647,078     491,938  
           

OTHER ASSETS

             
 

Debt issuance costs, net

    16,589     5,660  
 

Other assets

    6,016     5,277  
           
   

Total other assets

    22,605     10,937  
           

TOTAL ASSETS

  $ 1,061,479   $ 875,036  
           

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 
  December 31,  
 
  2010   2009  

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

             

CURRENT LIABILITIES

             
 

Current portion of long-term debt

  $ 7,006   $ 8,835  
 

Accounts payable

    29,243     27,552  
 

Accrued expenses

    20,796     19,223  
 

Accrued interest payable

    2,522     1,776  
 

Accrued compensation related costs

    43,126     35,800  
           
   

Total current liabilities

    102,693     93,186  
           

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

             
 

Long-term debt, less current portion

    501,678     401,637  
 

Deferred income taxes

    64,447     37,973  
 

Other liabilities

    28,234     26,347  
           
   

Total liabilities

    697,052     559,143  
           

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note H)

             

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

             
 

Common stock, $.01 par value; 60,000,000 shares authorized, 34,352,163 shares and 32,992,674 shares issued and outstanding in 2010 and 2009, respectively

    344     330  
 

Additional paid-in capital

    257,419     233,111  
 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (279 )   (3,056 )
 

Retained earnings

    107,599     86,164  
           

    365,083     316,549  
 

Treasury stock at cost (141,154 shares)

    (656 )   (656 )
           
   

Total shareholders' equity

    364,427     315,893  
           

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

  $ 1,061,479   $ 875,036  
           

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS

For the Years Ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 
  2010   2009   2008  

Net sales

  $ 817,379   $ 760,070   $ 703,129  

Cost of goods sold—materials

    247,565     228,295     210,323  

Personnel costs

    284,095     264,581     248,234  

Other operating expenses

    163,673     160,355     149,661  

Relocation expenses

    16,444          

Acquisition expenses

    5,414          

Depreciation and amortization

    18,809     16,319     17,183  
               
 

Income from operations

    81,379     90,520     77,728  

Interest expense

   
30,340
   
30,693
   
32,549
 

Extinguishment of debt

    13,985          

Loss (gain) from interest rate swap

    1,610     (167 )   738  
               
 

Income before taxes

    35,444     59,994     44,441  

Provision for income taxes

   
14,009
   
23,901
   
17,695
 
               
 

Net income

    21,435     36,093     26,746  

Preferred stock dividend—Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

   
   
   
5,670
 
               
 

Net income applicable to common stock

  $ 21,435   $ 36,093   $ 21,076  
               

Basic Per Common Share Data

                   

Net income

  $ 0.66   $ 1.15   $ 0.81  
               

Shares used to compute basic per common share amounts

    32,238,401     31,383,895     25,930,096  
               

Diluted Per Common Share Data

                   

Net income

  $ 0.65   $ 1.13   $ 0.78  
               

Shares used to compute diluted per common share amounts

    32,888,305     32,068,325     27,090,817  
               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the Three Years Ended December 31, 2010

(In thousands)

 
  Common
Shares
  Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid in
Capital
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
  Retained
Earnings
  Treasury
Stock
  Total  

Balance, December 31, 2007

    24,433   $ 244   $ 161,955   $   $ 28,995   $ (656 ) $ 190,538  

Comprehensive income

                                           
 

Net income

                    26,746         26,746  
 

Other comprehensive income

                                           
   

Interest rate swaps:

                                           
     

Reclassification of net losses on interest rate swaps from OCI to net income, net of taxes of $295

                443             443  
     

Unrealized loss on interest rate swaps, net of taxes of $2,895

                (4,342 )           (4,342 )
   

Auction rate securities:

                                           
     

Reclassification of net losses on auction rate securities from OCI to net income, net of taxes of $415

                623             623  
     

Unrealized loss on auction rate securities, net of taxes of $814

                (1,221 )           (1,221 )
                               
       

Total comprehensive income

                (4,497 )   26,746         22,249  

Preferred dividends declared

                    (5,670 )       (5,670 )

Issuance of Common Stock in connection with the exercise of stock options

    206     2     658                 660  

Issuance of restricted stock

    594     6     (6 )                

Forfeiture of restricted stock

    (29 )                        

Compensation expense associated with stock options

            9                 9  

Compensation expense associated with restricted stock

            4,702                 4,702  

Tax benefit associated with vesting of restricted stock

            1,470                 1,470  

Conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

    7,309     73     52,835                 52,908  
                               

Balance, December 31, 2008

    32,513   $ 325   $ 221,623   $ (4,497 ) $ 50,071   $ (656 ) $ 266,866  

Comprehensive income

                                           

Net income

                    36,093         36,093  
 

Other comprehensive income

                                           
   

Interest rate swaps:

                                           
     

Unrealized gain on interest rate swaps, net of taxes of $687

                1,031             1,031  
   

Auction rate securities:

                                           
     

Reclassification of net losses on auction rate securities from OCI to net income, net of taxes of $320

                480             480  
     

Unrealized loss on auction rate securities, net of taxes of $47

                (70 )           (70 )
                               
       

Total comprehensive income

                1,441     36,093         37,534  

Issuance of Common Stock in connection with the exercise of stock options

    345     3     2,753                 2,756  

Forfeiture of restricted stock

    (17 )                          

Issuance of restricted stock

    151     2     (2 )                

Compensation expense associated with restricted stock

            7,430                 7,430  

Tax benefit associated with vesting of restricted stock

            1,307                 1,307  
                               

Balance, December 31, 2009

    32,992   $ 330   $ 233,111   $ (3,056 ) $ 86,164   $ (656 ) $ 315,893  

Comprehensive income

                                           

Net income

                    21,435         21,435  
 

Other comprehensive income

                                           
   

Interest rate swaps:

                                           
     

Unrealized gain on interest rate swaps, net of taxes of $1,912

                2,868             2,868  
   

Auction rate securities:

                                           
     

Reclassification of net losses on auction rate securities from OCI to net income, net of taxes of $125

                188             188  
   

Unrealized loss on Retirement Plan

                      (456 )               (456 )
   

Tax benefit on unrealized loss on Retirement Plan

                177             177  
                               
       

Total comprehensive income

                2,777     21,435         24,212  

Issuance of Common Stock in connection with the exercise of stock options

    374     4     5,023                 5,027  

Proceeds from sale of stock

    488     5     7,351                 7,356  

Forfeiture of restricted stock

    (33 )                        

Issuance of restricted stock

    531     5     (5 )                

Compensation expense

            9,597                 7,487  

Tax benefit associated with vesting of restricted stock

            2,342                 2,342  
                               

Balance, December 31, 2010

    34,352   $ 344   $ 257,419   $ (279 ) $ 107,599   $ (656 ) $ 364,427  
                               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the Years Ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 
  2010   2009   2008  

Cash flows from operating activities:

                   
 

Net income

  $ 21,435   $ 36,093   $ 26,746  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                   
 

Extinguishment of debt

    13,985          
 

Loss (gain) on interest rate swap

    1,610     (167 )   738  
 

Loss on auction rate securities

    188     800     32  
 

Loss (gain) on disposal of assets

    828     (294 )   60  
 

Provision for bad debt

    20,276     16,128     15,906  
 

Provision for deferred income taxes

    752     1,074     456  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    18,809     16,319     17,183  
 

Amortization of debt issuance costs

    1,893     1,822     1,822  
 

Compensation expense on stock options and restricted stock

    9,596     7,430     4,712  
 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquired companies:

                   
   

Accounts receivable

    (31,041 )   (20,069 )   (15,404 )
   

Inventories

    (5,431 )   (4,424 )   (3,118 )
   

Prepaid expenses, other current assets, and income taxes receivable

    (9,099 )   971     774  
   

Other assets

    (63 )   16     (213 )
   

Accounts payable

    (190 )   3,287     631  
   

Accrued expenses, accrued interest payable, and income taxes payable

    7,520     5,893     995  
   

Accrued compensation related costs

    5,599     3,365     (769 )
   

Other liabilities

    (125 )   4,887     2,669  
               

Net cash provided by operating activities

    56,542     73,131     53,220  
               

Cash flows from investing activities:

                   
 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment (net of acquisitions)

    (30,593 )   (21,270 )   (19,330 )
 

Acquisitions and contingent considerations (net of cash acquired)

    (162,250 )   (11,511 )   (10,911 )
 

Proceeds from sale of marketable securities and ARS

    6,495          
 

Purchase of company-owned life insurance investment

        (2,000 )    
 

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

    373     629     73  
               

Net cash used in investing activities

    (185,975 )   (34,152 )   (30,168 )
               

Cash flows from financing activities:

                   
 

Borrowings under revolving credit agreement

            15,253  
 

Repayments under revolving credit agreement

        (15,253 )    
 

Repayment of term loan

    (221,956 )   (1,109 )   (3,485 )
 

Scheduled repayment of seller's notes

    (3,810 )   (2,828 )   (3,590 )
 

Repayment of senior notes due 2014

    (184,831 )        
 

Proceeds on senior notes due 2018

    200,000          
 

Proceeds on term loan

    300,000          
 

Increase in debt issue costs

    (16,976 )        
 

Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock

    12,384     2,756     661  
 

Proceeds from line of credit

        3,600      
 

Repayment of line of credit

    (3,628 )        
 

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock dividend payment

            (416 )
               

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    81,183     (12,834 )   8,423  
               

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

    (48,250 )   26,145     31,475  

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of year

    84,558     58,413     26,938  
               

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of year

  $ 36,308   $ 84,558   $ 58,413  
               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-8


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE A—THE COMPANY

        The goal of Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc. (the "Company") is to be the world's premier provider of services and products that enhance human physical capabilities. The Company provides orthotic and prosthetic patient care services, distributes O&P devices and components, manages O&P networks, and provides therapeutic solutions to the broader post acute market. The Company is the largest owner and operator of orthotic and prosthetic patient care centers in the United States and the largest dedicated distributor of O&P products in the United States. The Company operates in excess of 675 O&P patient care centers located in 45 states and the District of Columbia and five strategically located distribution facilities. In addition to providing O&P services and products the Company, through its subsidiary, Linkia LLC ("Linkia"), manages an O&P network and develop programs to manage all aspects of O&P patient care for insurance companies. The Company provides therapeutic solutions through its subsidiaries Innovative Neurotronics and Accelerated Care Plus. Innovative Neurotronics ("IN, Inc.") introduces emerging neuromuscular technologies developed through independent research in a collaborative effort with industry suppliers worldwide. Accelerated Care Plus ("ACP") is a developer of specialized rehabilitation technologies and a leading provider of evidence-based clinical programs for post-acute rehabilitation serving more than 4,000 long-term care facilities and other sub-acute rehabilitation providers throughout the U.S.

NOTE B—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in the accompanying financial statements.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. At various times throughout the year, the Company maintains cash balances in excess of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation limits.

Credit Risk

        The Company primarily provides O&P devices and products throughout the United States of America and is reimbursed by the patients' third-party insurers, governmentally funded health insurance programs, and in the case of its distribution segment from independent O&P providers. The Company also provides advanced rehabilitation technology and clinical programs to skilled nursing faculties in the United States primarily though operating leases. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers. Accounts receivable are not collateralized. The ability of the Company's debtors to meet their obligations is dependent upon their financial stability which could be affected by future legislation

F-9


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE B—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


and regulatory actions. Additionally, the Company maintains reserves for potential losses from these receivables that historically have been within management's expectations.

Inventories

        Inventories, which consist principally of raw materials, work in process and finished goods, are stated at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out method. For its patient-care centers segment, the Company calculates cost of goods sold—materials in accordance with the gross profit method for all reporting periods. The Company bases the estimates used in applying the gross profit method on the actual results of the most recently completed fiscal year and other factors, such as a change in the sales mix or changes in the trend of purchases. Cost of goods sold—materials during the interim periods are reconciled and adjusted when the annual physical inventory is taken. The Company treats these adjustments as changes in accounting estimates. The Company recorded a decrease of $1.0 million in inventory in 2010, along with increases to inventory of $2.1 million and $0.8 million in conjunction with the physical inventory during fiscal years 2009 and 2008, respectively.

        For its distribution segment, a perpetual inventory is maintained. Management adjusts the reserve for inventory obsolescence whenever the facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying cost of certain inventory items is in excess of its market price. Shipping and handling activities are reported as part of cost of goods sold—materials.

Fair Value

        Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the authoritative guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures, which establishes a framework for measuring fair value and requires enhanced disclosures about fair value measurements. The authoritative guidance requires disclosure about how fair value is determined for assets and liabilities and establishes a hierarchy by which these assets and liabilities must be grouped, based on significant levels of inputs as follows:

Level 1   quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2

 

quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability;

Level 3

 

unobservable inputs, such as discounted cash flow models and valuations.

        The determination of where assets and liabilities fall within this hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

        Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the authoritative guidance that permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected are reported in earnings and are immaterial to the Company's financial statements.

        Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the authoritative guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures for all non-financial assets and liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. As of December 31, 2010, there has been no impact to the Company's consolidated financial statements

F-10


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE B—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


related to the application of fair value measurements and disclosures guidance for non-financial assets and liabilities.

        The following is a listing of the Company's assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and where they are classified within the hierarchy as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively:

 
  2010   2009  
(in thousands)
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  

Assets

                                                 
 

Current Assets

                                                 
   

Marketable Securities

  $ 17,014   $   $   $ 17,014   $ 78,590   $   $   $ 78,590  
 

Trading Securities

                                                 
   

Auction Rate Securities

                            4,660     4,660  
   

Rights on auction rate securities

                            315     315  
 

Available-for-sale debt securities

                                                 
   

Auction rate securities

                            1,387     1,387  
                                   

  $ 17,014   $   $   $ 17,014   $ 78,590   $   $ 6,362   $ 84,952  
                                   

 

 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  

Liabilities

                                                 
 

Current Liabilities

                                                 
   

Interest rate swaps

  $   $   $   $   $   $ 4,369   $   $ 4,369  
 

Other Liabilities

                                                 
   

Interest rate swaps

                        887         887  
                                   

  $   $   $   $   $   $ 5,256   $   $ 5,256  
                                   

        During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value using level 3 inputs had the following activity:

 
  Fair Value Measurements
Using Significant Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 
 
  Auction
Rate
Securities
  Rights   Total  

For the year ended December 31, 2010

                   

Balance as of December 31, 2009

  $ 6,047   $ 315   $ 6,362  
 

Total unrealized losses

                   
   

Included in earnings

    (160 )   4     (156 )
   

Included in other comprehensive income

    313         313  
 

Settlements

    (6,200 )   (319 )   (6,519 )
               

Balance as of December 31, 2010

  $   $   $  
               

F-11


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE B—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

 
  Fair Value Measurements
Using Significant Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 
 
  Auction
Rate
Securities
  Rights   Total  

For the year ended December 31, 2009

                   

Balance as of December 31, 2008

  $ 5,465   $ 1,006   $ 6,471  
 

Total unrealized losses

                   
   

Included in earnings

    (109 )   (691 )   (800 )
   

Included in other comprehensive income

    691         691  
               

Balance as of December 31, 2009

  $ 6,047   $ 315   $ 6,362  
               

Investments

        Trading securities consisted of auction rate securities accounted for in accordance with authoritative guidance for investments in debt and equity securities. Trading securities are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings. Securities purchased to be held for indeterminate periods of time and not intended at the time of purchase to be held until maturity are classified as available-for-sale securities with any unrealized gains and losses reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive loss on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company's management continually evaluates whether any marketable investments have been impaired and, if so, whether such impairment is temporary or other than temporary.

        The Company's investments consisted of two auction rate securities ("ARS") totaling $7.5 million of par value, $5.0 million was collateralized by Indiana Secondary Market Municipal Bond—1998 ("Indiana ARS") and $2.5 million was collateralized by Primus Financial Products Subordinated Deferrable Interest Notes ("Primus ARS"). ARS are securities that are structured with short-term interest rate reset dates which generally occur every 28 days and are linked to LIBOR. At the reset date, investors can attempt to sell via auction or continue to hold the securities at par. The Company's ARS were reported at fair value at December 31, 2009, and during 2010 both ARS were sold.

        The fair values of the Company's ARS were estimated through use of discounted cash flow models. These models consider, among other things, the timing of expected future successful auctions, collateralization of underlying security investments and the credit worthiness of the issuer. Since these inputs are not observable in an active market, they are classified as Level 3 inputs under the fair value accounting rules discussed above under "Fair Value".

        As a result of the lack of liquidity in the ARS market and not as a result of the quality of the underlying collateral, the Company recorded unrealized losses of $0.1 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, related to the Primus ARS. These losses are reflected in accumulated other comprehensive loss on the consolidated balance sheets. The unrealized losses recognized during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, represent the change in fair value of the auction rate securities. The fair value of the Primus ARS of $1.4 million and $1.5 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, was classified as other long term assets. During 2009, an other-than-temporary impairment ("OTTI") credit loss of $0.8 million was identified and recognized

F-12


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE B—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


during the year ended December 31, 2009. This credit loss reduced the amortized cost basis on the Primus ARS to $1.7 million as of December 31, 2009.

        In May 2010, the Company sold its investment in the Primus ARS for $1.5 million in cash proceeds. The Company recognized a loss on the sale of the auction rate securities of $0.2 million, which is the difference between the amortized cost basis of $1.7 million and the cash proceeds of $1.5 million received from the sale of the Primus ARS. The loss was reported in other expense on the Company's income statement.

        On November 4, 2008, the Company agreed to accept Auction Rate Security Rights ("the Rights") related to the Indiana ARS from UBS offered through a prospectus filed on October 7, 2008. The Rights permitted the Company to sell, or put, the Indiana ARS back to UBS at par value of $5.0 million, at any time during the period from June 30, 2010 through July 2, 2012 and to obtain a credit line from UBS collateralized by the ARS. The Company elected to classify the Rights and its investments in the Indiana ARS as trading securities in accordance with the authoritative guidance for accounting for investments in debt and equity securities.

        On July 1, 2010, the Company exercised its right to put the ARS back to UBS at par value of $5.0 million. The $5.0 proceeds were received on July 1, 2010. As part of the settlement, the Company closed out a $3.6 million line of credit with UBS that the Company obtained as part of the buyback agreement originally executed in November 2008, with net cash proceeds of approximately $1.4 million. As of December 31, 2009, the Company determined the fair value of the Rights was $0.3 million, and the fair value of the ARS was $4.7 million.

        An OTTI charge of approximately $1.0 million was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2008 due to the reclassification of the Indiana ARS from available for sale to trading securities. Recordation of the Rights asset resulted in a gain of $1.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2008. As of December 31, 2009, the Company determined the fair value of the Rights was $0.3 million and the fair value of the ARS was $4.7 million, while the fair values of the ARS and the Rights as of December 31, 2008 were $4.0 million and $1.0 million, respectively. The change in the fair value of the Rights and the ARS for the year ended December 31, 2009 are reflected as components of earnings.

Interest Rate Swaps

        Prior to December 2010, the Company utilized interest rate swaps to manage its exposure to interest rate risk associated with the Company's variable rate borrowings. The authoritative guidance for derivatives and hedging requires companies to recognize all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets. In accordance with the authoritative guidance, the Company designated the interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges of variable-rate borrowings. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses on the derivative representing hedge ineffectiveness were recognized in earnings.

F-13


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE B—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        In May 2008, the Company entered into two interest rate swap agreements under which $150.0 million of the Company's variable rate term loans were converted to a fixed rate of 5.4%. The fair value of each interest rate swap is an estimate of the present value of the expected future cash flows the Company is to receive under the applicable interest rate swap agreement. The valuation models used to determine the fair value of the interest rate swaps are based upon the forward yield curve of one month LIBOR (Level 2 inputs), the hedged interest rate, and other factors including counterparty credit risk. As of December 31, 2008, liabilities from the interest rate swaps were $7.2 million, with $3.7 million reported in accrued expenses, and the remainder reported in other liabilities. Of the $7.2 million in liabilities reported as of December 31, 2008, $6.5 million related to the effective portion of the interest rate swaps and was reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss on the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2009, liabilities from the interest rate swaps were $5.3 million, with $4.4 million reported in accrued expenses, with the remainder reported in other liabilities. Of the $5.3 million in liabilities reported as of December 31, 2009, $4.8 million of the decline was related to the effective portion of the interest rate swaps and was reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss on the consolidated balance sheets.

        On December 1, 2010, the Company was required to terminate the interest rate swaps due to refinancing of the credit facilities. The Company incurred a loss of $1.6 million, which is recorded in loss/(gain) from interest rate swap on the consolidated income statement.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The carrying value of the Company's short-term financial instruments, such as receivables and payables, approximate their fair values, based on the short-term maturities of these instruments. The carrying value of the Company's long-term debt, excluding the Senior Notes, approximates fair value based on rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities. The fair value of the Senior Notes, at December 31, 2010, was $198.5 million, as compared to the carrying value of $200.0 million at that date. The fair values of the Senior Notes were based on quoted market prices at December 31, 2010.

Revenue Recognition

        Revenues in the Company's patient care centers are derived from the sale of O&P devices and the maintenance and repair of existing devices. The sale of O&P devices includes the design, fabrication, assembly, fitting and delivery of a wide range of braces, limbs and other devices. Revenues from the sale of these devices are recorded when (i) acceptance by and delivery to the patient has occurred; (ii) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and there are no further obligations to the patient; (iii) the sales price is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenues from maintenance and repairs are recognized when the service is provided. Revenues on the sale of O&P devices to customers by the distribution segment are recorded upon the shipment of products, in accordance with the terms of the invoice, net of merchandise returns received and the amount established for anticipated returns. Discounted sales are recorded at net realizable value. Revenues in the therapeutic solutions are primarily derived from leasing rehabilitation technology combined with clinical therapy programs and education and training. The revenue is recorded on a monthly basis according to terms of the contracts with our customers.

F-14


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE B—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Revenue at the patient-care centers segment is recorded net of all contractual adjustments and discounts. The Company employs a systematic process to ensure that sales are recorded at net realizable value and that any required adjustments are recorded on a timely basis. The contracting module of the Company's centralized, computerized billing system is designed to record revenue at net realizable value based on the Company's contract with the patient's insurance company. Updated billing information is received periodically from payors and is uploaded into the Company's centralized contract module and then disseminated, electronically, to all patient-care centers.

        Disallowed sales generally relate to billings to payors with whom the Company does not have a formal contract. In these situations the Company records the sale at usual and customary rates and simultaneously recognizes a disallowed sale to reduce the sale to net value, based on its historical experience with the payor in question. Disallowed sales may also result if the payor rejects or adjusts certain billing codes. Billing codes are frequently updated. As soon as updates are received, the Company reflects the change in its centralized billing system.

        As part of the Company's preauthorization process with payors, it validates its ability to bill the payor, if applicable, for the service provided before the delivery of the device. Subsequent to billing for devices and services, there may be problems with pre-authorization or with other insurance coverage issues with payors. If there has been a lapse in coverage, the patient is financially responsible for the charges related to the devices and services received. If the Company is unable to collect from the patient, a bad debt expense is recognized.

        Occasionally, a portion of a bill is rejected by a payor due to a coding error on the Company's part and the Company is prevented from pursuing payment from the patient due to the terms of its contract with the insurance company. The Company appeals these types of decisions and is generally successful. This activity is factored into the Company's methodology of determining the estimate for the allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company recognizes, as reduction of sales, a disallowed sale for any claims that it believes will not be recovered and adjusts future estimates accordingly.

        Certain accounts receivable may be uncollectible, even if properly pre-authorized and billed. Regardless of the balance, accounts receivable amounts are periodically evaluated to assess collectibility. In addition to the actual bad debt expense recognized during collection activities, the Company estimates the amount of potential bad debt expense that may occur in the future. This estimate is based upon historical experience as well as a review of the receivable balances.

        On a quarterly basis, the Company evaluates cash collections, accounts receivable balances and write-off activity to assess the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. Additionally, a company-wide evaluation of collectibility of receivable balances older than 180 days is performed at least semi-annually, the results of which are used in the next allowance analysis. In these detailed reviews, the account's net realizable value is estimated after considering the customer's payment history, past efforts to collect on the balance and the outstanding balance, and a specific reserve is recorded if needed. From time to time, the Company may outsource the collection of such accounts to outsourced agencies after internal collection efforts are exhausted. In the cases when valid accounts receivable cannot be collected, the uncollectible account is written off to bad debt expense.

F-15


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE B—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Property, Plant and Equipment

        Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost, with the exception of assets acquired through acquisitions, which are recorded at fair value. Equipment acquired under capital leases is recorded at the lower of fair market value or the present value of the future lease payments. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets sold, retired or otherwise disposed of are removed from the respective accounts, and any resulting gains or losses are included in the Consolidated Income Statements. Depreciation is computed for financial reporting purposes using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets as follows:

Asset class
  Estimated life
(in years)

Furniture and fixtures

  5

Machinery and equipment

 

5

Computers and software

 

5

Buildings

 

10 - 40

Assets under capital leases

 

Shorter of 10 or lease term

Leasehold improvements

 

Shorter of 10 or lease term

Equipment leased to third parties under operating leases

 

10

        The following table outlines the investment in equipment leased to third parties under operating leases:

(In thousands)
   
 

Program equipment

  $ 31,294  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

    (446 )
       

Net book value at December 31, 2010

  $ 30,848  
       

        The following is a schedule by years of minimum future rentals on operating leases as of December 31, 2010:

(In thousands)
   
 

2011

  $ 49,775  

2012

    47,287  

2013

    44,922  

2014

    40,542  

2015

    38,515  

Thereafter

    113,963  
       

  $ 335,005  
       

        Depreciation expense related to property, plant and equipment was approximately $17.3 million, $15.0 million, and $16.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

F-16


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE B—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        In accordance with the authoritative guidance for Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use, the Company capitalizes internally developed computer software costs incurred during the application development stage. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, computers and software included capitalized computer software currently under development of $1.0 million and $2.2 million, respectively.

Repairs and Maintenance

        Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, the Company incurred $1.5 million, $1.3 million, and $1.4 million, respectively, in repairs and maintenance costs.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        The authoritative guidance for Accounting for Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets requires that purchased goodwill and certain indefinite-lived intangibles no longer be amortized, but instead be tested for impairment at least annually (the Company has selected October 1 as its annual test date). The Company evaluated its intangible assets, other than goodwill, and determined that all such assets have determinable lives. Refer to Note D for further discussion.

        Non-compete agreements are recorded based on agreements entered into by the Company and are amortized, using the straight-line method, over their estimated term ranging from five to seven years. Other definite-lived intangible assets are recorded at cost and are amortized, using the straight-line method, over their estimated useful lives of up to 20 years. The Company periodically evaluates the recoverability of intangible assets and takes into account events or circumstances that may warrant revised estimates of useful lives or that indicate that impairment had occurred. The activity related to intangible assets for the two years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 
  Patient-Care Centers   Distribution   Therapeutic Solutions    
 
(In thousands)
  Patents and
other
intangibles
  Accumulated
amortization
  Net   Patents and
other
intangibles
  Accumulated
amortization
  Net   Patents and
other
intangibles
  Accumulated
amortization
  Net   Total  

Balance at December 31, 2008

  $ 11,050   $ 8,299   $ 2,751   $ 2,604   $ 384   $ 2,220   $ 200   $ 99   $ 101   $ 5,072  
 

Additions due to acquisitions

    3,919         3,919                             3,919  
 

Write-offs and other adjustments

    (944 )   (767 )   (177 )                           (177 )
 

Amortization expense

        1,022     (1,022 )       256     (256 )       20     (20 )   (1,298 )
                                           

Balance at December 31, 2009

    14,025     8,554     5,471     2,604     640     1,964     200     119     81     7,516  
 

Additions due to acquisitions

    2,315         2,315                 48,100         48,100     50,415  
 

Write-offs and other adjustments

    (467 )   (467 )                                
 

Amortization expense

        986     (986 )       256     (256 )       310     (310 )   (1,552 )
                                           

Balance at December 31, 2010

  $ 15,873   $ 9,073   $ 6,800   $ 2,604   $ 896   $ 1,708   $ 48,300   $ 429   $ 47,871   $ 56,379  
                                           

        Amortization expense related to definite-lived intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, was $1.6 million, $1.3 million, and $1.1 million, respectively. Estimated aggregate

F-17


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE B—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


amortization expense for definite-lived intangible assets for each of the five years ending December 31, and thereafter is as follows:

(In thousands)
   
 

2011

    4,534  

2012

    4,532  

2013

    4,530  

2014

    4,503  

2015

    4,447  

Thereafter

    33,833  
       

  $ 56,379  
       

Debt Issuance Costs

        Debt issuance costs incurred in connection with the Company's long-term debt are amortized, on a straight-line basis, which is not materially different from the effective interest method, through the maturity of the related debt instrument. Amortization of these costs is included in Interest Expense in the Consolidated Income Statements.

Long-Lived Asset Impairment

        The Company evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets to be held and used whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The carrying value of a long-lived asset is considered impaired when the undiscounted cash flow value is less than the asset's carrying value. The Company measures impairment as the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair market value. Fair market value is determined primarily using the projected future cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. Losses on long-lived assets to be disposed of are determined in a similar manner, except that fair market values are reduced for the cost to dispose. There are no long-lived asset impairments or indicators of impairment for the years ended December 31, 2010 or 2009.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

        Expense and liability balances associated with the Company's Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan are calculated based on certain assumptions including benefits earned, discount rates, interest costs, mortality rates and other factors. Refer to Note K for further discussion.

Marketing

        Marketing costs, including advertising, are expensed as incurred. The Company incurred $4.3 million, $3.5 million, and $4.7 million in marketing costs during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

Income Taxes

        The Company recognizes deferred income tax liabilities and assets for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Deferred

F-18


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE B—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


income tax liabilities and assets are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The Company recognizes a valuation allowance on the deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that the assets will not be realized in future years. Significant accounting judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes and related accruals, deferred tax assets and liabilities. The Company believes that its tax positions are consistent with applicable tax law, but certain positions may be challenged by taxing authorities. In the ordinary course of business, there are transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain. In addition, the Company is subject to periodic audits and examinations by the Internal Revenue Service and other state and local taxing authorities. Although the Company believes that its estimates are reasonable, actual results could differ from these estimates.

Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company issues options and restricted shares of common stock under one active share-based compensation plan. At December 31, 2010, 2.5 million shares of common stock were authorized for issuance under the Company's share-based compensation plan. Shares of common stock issued under the share-based compensation plan are issued from the Company's authorized, but unissued shares. Stock option and restricted share awards are granted at the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date immediately preceding the date of grant. Stock option awards vest over a period determined by the compensation plan, ranging from one to three years, and generally have a maximum term of ten years. Restricted shares of common stock vest over a period of time determined by the compensation plan, ranging from one to four years.

        The Company applies the fair value recognition provisions of the authoritative guidance for stock compensation, which require companies to measure and recognize compensation expense for all share-based payments at fair value.

        The Company adopted the authoritative guidance using the modified prospective method. Under the modified prospective method, compensation expense related to awards granted prior to and unvested as of the adoption of the authoritative guidance is calculated in accordance with the authoritative guidance and recognized in the consolidated income statements over the requisite remaining service period; compensation expense for all awards granted after the adoption of the authoritative guidance is calculated according to the provisions of such guidance. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, the Company recognized $7.5 million, $7.4 million, and $4.7 million, respectively, in compensation expense.

        Compensation expense primarily relates to restricted share grants, as the amount of expense related to options is immaterial in all periods presented. The Company calculates the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes model. The total value of the stock option awards is expensed ratably over the requisite service period of the employees receiving the awards.

Segment Information

        The Company applies a "management" approach to disclosure of segment information. The management approach designates the internal organization that is used by management for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the basis of the Company's reportable segments. The

F-19


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE B—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


description of the Company's reportable segments and the disclosure of segment information are presented in Note O.

New Accounting Guidance

        In January 2010, the FASB issued additional authoritative guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures. This includes the disclosure of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and 2 measurements and describing the reasons for the transfers, reporting of information separately for purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements within Level 3 measurements, level of disaggregation, and input and valuation techniques. The additional authoritative guidance, except for the reporting of information within Level 3 measurements was effective January 1, 2010. The adoption of the additional guidance on January 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements. The additional authoritative guidance for the reporting of activity for purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements within Level 3 measurements is effective January 1, 2011. The Company believes the impact of the additional authoritative guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures for Level 3 measurements will not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

NOTE C—SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        The supplemental disclosure requirements for the statements of cash flows are as follows:

(In thousands)
  2010   2009   2008  

Cash paid during the period for:

                   
 

Interest

  $ 27,758   $ 29,497   $ 31,339  
 

Income taxes

    14,120     18,096     17,520  

Non-cash financing and investing activities:

                   
 

Non-cash accelerated dividends on preferred stock

  $   $   $ 5,254  
 

Conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

            52,908  
 

Purchase of property, plant, and equipment in accounts payable

    2,660     7,468     2,240  
 

Unrealized loss on SERP

    278          
 

Unrealized gain (loss) on auction rate securities

        410     (598 )
 

Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate swaps

    1,514     1,031     (3,899 )
 

Issuance of notes in connection with acquisitions

    2,950     3,741     3,256  
 

Issuance of restricted shares of common stock

    9,325     2,058     9,192  

NOTE D—GOODWILL

        The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment analysis in October 2010 and 2009, which did not result in an impairment as the fair value of the reporting units is substantially in excess of their carrying value. In completing the analysis, the Company determined that it had two reporting units with goodwill to be evaluated, which were the same as its reportable segments: (i) patient-care centers and (ii) distribution. The fair value of the Company's reporting units was primarily determined based on the income approach and considered the market and cost approach. On December 1, 2010, the Company acquired ACP. This transaction resulted in $96.1 million in goodwill, none of which is amortizable for tax purposes. Due to the timing of the close of the acquisition, ACP was not included in the 2010 impairment analysis but will be included in the analysis performed in 2011.

F-20


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE D—GOODWILL (Continued)

        The activity related to goodwill for the two years ended December 31, is as follows:

 
  Patient-Care Centers   Distribution   Therapeutic
Solutions
   
 
(In thousands)
  Goodwill   Accumulated
Impairment Loss
  Net   Goodwill   Goodwill   Total  

Balance at December 31, 2008

  $ 477,831   $ (45,808 ) $ 432,023   $ 38,388   $   $ 470,411  
 

Additions due to acquisitions

    13,188         13,188             13,188  
 

Contingent consideration

    823         823             823  
                           

Balance at December 31, 2009

    491,842     (45,808 )   446,034     38,388         484,422  
 

Additions due to acquisitions

    9,221         9,221         96,079     105,300  
 

Contingent consideration

    977         977             977  
                           

Balance at December 31, 2010

  $ 502,040   $ (45,808 ) $ 456,232   $ 38,388   $ 96,079   $ 590,699  
                           

NOTE E—INVENTORY

        Inventories, which are recorded at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out method, were as follows at December 31:

(In thousands)
  2010   2009  

Raw materials

  $ 36,444   $ 34,157  

Work in process

    38,499     38,814  

Finished goods

    23,347     18,318  
           

  $ 98,290   $ 91,289  
           

NOTE F—ACQUISITIONS

        On December 1, 2010, the Company completed the acquisition of ACP for approximately $157.8 million in cash and incurred $5.4 million of costs to complete the transaction. These costs, which are reflected as acquisition expenses on the consolidated financial statements, are comprised of $3.3 million in legal and advisor fees and $2.1 million in stock based compensation related to the sale of stock to executives of ACP. The Company recorded: (i) approximately $96.1 million of goodwill, which is not amortizable for tax purposes; (ii) $48.2 million of intangible assets; (iii) $32.5 million of fixed assets at fair value; (iv) $7.2 million of current assets; (v) $6.0 million of current liabilities; and (vi) $20.0 million of deferred tax liabilities related to the ACP transaction. The value of the goodwill from this acquisition can be attributed to a number of business factors including, but not limited to, expected revenue and cash flow growth in future years and our ability to provide patient care services to a previously underserved market. The Company identified intangible assets totaling $48.2 million comprised of; (i) $22.3 million of customer relationships with a useful life of 14 years; (ii) $9.1 million related to the trade name which has an indefinite life; (iii) $8.1 million related to proprietary treatment programs with a useful life of 15 years; (iv) $5.4 million of patented technology with a useful life of eight years; and (v) $3.3 million related to other assets with a three to five year useful life. The results of operations for ACP are included in the Company's results of operations from the date of acquisition. Pro forma results would not be materially different.

F-21


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE F—ACQUISITIONS (Continued)

        ACP is the nation's leading provider of integrated clinical programs for sub-acute and long-term care rehabilitation providers and having contracts to serve more than 4,000 out of a total market of approximately 15,000 skilled nursing facilities (SNF) nationwide, including 22 of the 25 largest national providers. ACP's unique value proposition is to provide its customers with a full-service "total solutions" approach encompassing proven medical technology, evidence-based clinical programs, and continuous onsite therapist education and training. Their services support increasingly-advanced treatment options for a broader patient population and more medically-complex conditions. The Company financed this transaction through cash on hand and a concurrent refinancing of its senior credit facilities. See Note G for further discussion of refinancing.

        In addition to ACP, the Company acquired five O&P companies, operating a total of six patient care centers located in California, New York, Texas, and Utah. The aggregate purchase price for these O&P businesses was $10.6 million. Of this aggregate purchase price, $3.0 million consisted of promissory notes and $2.2 million is made up of contingent considerations payable within the next three years. Contingent consideration is reported as other liabilities on the Company's consolidated balance sheet. The Company recorded approximately $9.2 million of goodwill related to these acquisitions and the expenses incurred to acquire these acquisitions were insignificant and are included in other operating expenses. The results of operations for these acquisitions are included in the Company's results of operations from the date of acquisition. Pro forma results would not be materially different. Based upon the allocation of the purchase price, the goodwill related to the acquisitions is not amortizable for tax purposes.

        During 2009 and 2008, the Company acquired seven and 13 orthotic and prosthetic companies and related businesses, respectively. The aggregate purchase price, excluding potential contingent consideration provisions, for 2009 acquisitions was $16.6 million, consisting of $10.9 million in cash, $3.0 million in promissory notes, and $2.7 million in contingent consideration. The aggregate purchase price for 2008 acquisitions was $13.5 million, consisting of $9.6 million in cash, and $3.7 million in promissory notes, and $0.2 million in contingent consideration.

        In connection with contingent consideration agreements with acquisitions completed prior to adoption of the revised authoritative guidance for business combinations becoming effective, the Company made payments of $1.3 million, $1.5 million, and $1.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. The Company has accounted for these amounts as additional purchase price, resulting in an increase in goodwill. The Company estimates that it may pay up to a total $6.4 million related to contingent consideration provisions of acquisitions in future periods. Of the $6.4 million, $4.4 million is related to acquisitions completed after adoption of the revised authoritative guidance.

        Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the revised authoritative guidance for business combinations, which provides revised guidance to improve the relevance, representational faithfulness, and comparability of the information that a reporting entity provides in its financial reports about a business combination and its effects.

F-22


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE G—LONG-TERM DEBT

        Long-term debt as of December 31 was as follows:

(In thousands)
  2010   2009  

Revolving Credit Facility

  $   $  

Line of Credit

        3,628  

Term Loan

    300,000     221,956  

7 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018

    200,000      

10 1 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014

        175,000  

Subordinated seller notes, non-collateralized, net of unamortized discount with principal and interest payable in either monthly, quarterly or annual installments at effective interest rates ranging from 3.00% to 7.25%, maturing through November 2018

    8,684     9,888  
           

    508,684     410,472  

Less current portion

    (7,006 )   (8,835 )
           

  $ 501,678   $ 401,637  
           

Refinancing

        During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company refinanced its credit facilities through the issuance of $200.0 million of 7 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018, $300.0 million Term Loan Facility which matures in 2016, and established a $100.0 million revolving credit facility. The Company recorded a $14.0 million charge relate to the early extinguishment of the debt comprised primarily of $9.8 million of premiums paid to debt holders and a $4.2 million write-off of debt issuance costs and other fees. The proceeds of the refinancing were used for the following: (i) $184.8 million to retire the outstanding 10 1 / 4 % Senior notes due 2014 and related premiums and fees; (ii) $220.3 million to retire the outstanding balance under the existing credit facility; (iii) pay $16.9 million in debt issuance costs; and (iv) $78.2 million was used for general corporate purposes including the acquisition of ACP. In conjunction with the refinancing, the Company incurred a $1.6 million charge because it was contractually obligated to terminate the interest rate swap agreements associated with the extinguished debt.

Revolving Credit Facility

        The $100.0 million Revolving Credit Facility matures on December 1, 2015 and bears interest at LIBOR plus 3.75%, or the applicable rate (as defined in the credit agreement), and includes a 1.5% LIBOR floor. The obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility are guaranteed by the Company's subsidiaries and are secured by a first priority perfected interest in the Company's subsidiaries' shares, all of the Company's assets, and all the assets of the Company's subsidiaries. The Revolving Credit Facility requires compliance with various covenants including but not limited to (i) minimum consolidated interest coverage ratio of 3.00:1.00 until September 30, 2011, 3.25:1.00 from October 1, 2011 to September 30, 2012, and 3.50:1.00 thereafter until maturity; (ii) maximum total leverage ratio of 5.00:1.00 until December 31, 2011, 4.50:1.00 from January 1, 2012 to September 30, 2012, 4.00:1.00 from October 1, 2012 to September 30, 2013, and 3.75:1.00 thereafter until maturity; and (iii) maximum annual capital expenditures of 7.5% of consolidated net revenues of the preceding fiscal year with an additional maximum rollover of $15.0 million from the prior year's allowance if not expended in the

F-23


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE G—LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)


fiscal year for which it is permitted. At December 31, 2010, the Company was in compliance with these covenants. As of December 31, 2010, the Company has not made draws on the Revolving Credit Facility and has $96.8 million available under that facility. Availability under the Company's Revolving Credit Facility is net of standby letters of credit of approximately $3.2 million.

Line of Credit

        On April 6, 2009, the Company obtained a collateralized line of credit from UBS in conjunction with the Rights agreement. The credit line was collateralized by the Indiana ARS and allowed the Company to borrow up to the fair market value of the ARS not to exceed its $5.0 million par value. The Company had drawn $3.6 million, which was the maximum currently allowed under the agreement. The credit line had no net cost to the Company as the interest expense was equal to the income on the ARS. On July 1, 2010, the Company settled the $3.6 million line of credit with UBS in conjunction with settling the Rights agreement.

Term Loan Facility

        The $300.0 million Term Loan Facility matures on December 1, 2016 and requires quarterly payments commencing March 31, 2011. From time to time, mandatory payments may be required as a result of capital stock issuances, additional debt incurrences, asset sales, or other events as defined in the credit agreement. The Term Loan Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus 3.75%, or applicable rate (as defined in the credit agreement), and includes a 1.5% LIBOR floor. At December 31, 2010, the interest rate on the Term Loan Facility was 5.25%. The obligations under the Term Loan Facility are guaranteed by the Company's subsidiaries and are secured by a first priority perfected interest in the Company's subsidiaries' shares, all of the Company's assets, and all the assets of the Company's subsidiaries. The Term Loan Facility is subject to covenants that mirror those of the Revolving Credit Facility, and as of December 31, 2010 was in compliance with these covenants.

7 1 / 8 % Senior Notes

        The 7 1 / 8 % Senior Notes mature November 15, 2018 and are senior indebtness which is guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by all of the Company's current and future domestic subsidiaries. Interest is payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing May 15, 2011.

        On or prior to November 15, 2013, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes at a redemption price of 107.125% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest to the redemption date. On or after November 15, 2014, the Company may redeem all or from time to time a part of the notes upon not less than 30 not more than 60 days' notice, for the twelve month period beginning on November 15, of the indicated years at (i) 103.563% during 2014; (ii) 101.781% during 2015; and (iii) 100.00% during 2016 and thereafter through November 15, 2018.

Subsidiary Guarantees

        The Revolving and Term Loan Facility and the 7 1 / 8 % Senior Notes are guaranteed by all of the Company's subsidiaries. Separate condensed consolidating information is not included as the Company does not have independent assets or operations, the Guarantees are full and unconditional and joint and several and any subsidiaries of the Company other than the Guarantor Subsidiaries is minor. There

F-24


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE G—LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)


are no restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to transfer cash to co-guarantors. All consolidated amounts in the Company's financial statements are representative of the combined guarantors.

Debt Covenants

        The terms of the Senior Notes, the Revolving Credit Facility, and the Term Loan Facility limit the Company's ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, create liens, pay dividends on or redeem capital stock, make certain investments, make restricted payments, make certain dispositions of assets, engage in transactions with affiliates, engage in certain business activities and engage in mergers, consolidations and certain sales of assets. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company was in compliance with all covenants under these debt agreements.

        Maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2010 are as follows:

(In thousands)
   
 

2011

  $ 7,006  

2012

    6,421  

2013

    4,216  

2014

    3,107  

2015

    3,000  

Thereafter

    484,934  
       

  $ 508,684  
       

NOTE H—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Commitments

        The Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, Innovative Neurotronics, Inc. ("IN, Inc."), is party to a non-binding purchase agreement under which it agreed to purchase assembled WalkAide System kits. As of December 31, 2010, IN, Inc. had outstanding purchase commitments of approximately $1.0 million that the Company expects to be fulfilled over the next three months.

Contingencies

        The Company is subject to legal proceedings and claims which arise from time to time in the ordinary course of its business, including additional payments under business purchase agreements. In the opinion of management, the amount of ultimate liability, if any, with respect to these actions will not have a materially adverse effect on the financial position, liquidity or results of operations of the Company.

        The Company is in a highly regulated industry and receives regulatory agency inquiries from time to time in the ordinary course of its business, including inquiries relating to the Company's billing activities. To date these inquiries have not resulted in material liabilities, but no assurance can be given that future regulatory agencies' inquiries will be consistent with the results to date or that any discrepancies identified during a regulatory review will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

F-25


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE H—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (Continued)

Guarantees and Indemnifications

        In the ordinary course of its business, the Company may enter into service agreements with service providers in which it agrees to indemnify or limit the service provider against certain losses and liabilities arising from the service provider's performance of the agreement. The Company has reviewed its existing contracts containing indemnification or clauses of guarantees and does not believe that its liability under such agreements is material to the Company's operations.

NOTE I—NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE

        Basic per common share amounts are computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted per common share amounts are computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year and dilutive potential common shares. Dilutive potential common shares consist of stock options and restricted shares and are calculated using the treasury stock method.

(In thousands, except share and per share data)
  2010   2009   2008  

Net income

  $ 21,435   $ 36,093   $ 26,746  

Less preferred stock dividends declared—Series A Convertible Preferred Stock(1)

            5,670  
               

Net income applicable to common stock

  $ 21,435   $ 36,093   $ 21,076  
               

Shares of common stock outstanding used to compute basic per common share amounts

    32,238,401     31,383,895     25,930,096  

Effect of dilutive restricted stock and options

    649,904     684,430     1,160,721  
               

Shares used to compute diluted per common share amounts(2)

    32,888,305     32,068,325     27,090,817  
               

Basic income per share applicable to common stock

  $ 0.66   $ 1.15   $ 0.81  

Diluted income per share applicable to common stock

    0.65     1.13     0.78  

(1)
For 2008, excludes the effect of the conversion of the Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock as it is considered anti-dilutive.

(2)
For 2009, and 2008, options to purchase 605,728, and 570,727 shares of common stock, respectively, are not included in the computation of diluted income per share as these options are anti-dilutive because the exercise prices of the options were greater than the average market price of the Company's common stock during the year. In 2010, no shares were excluded as the exercise prices were less than the average market price.

F-26


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE J—INCOME TAXES

        Components of income tax expense attributable to continuing operations are as follows:

(In thousands)
  2010   2009   2008  

Current:

                   
 

Federal

  $ 11,084   $ 18,470   $ 14,124  
 

State

    2,173     4,357     3,115  
               

Total Current

    13,257     22,827     17,239  
               

Deferred:

                   
 

Federal

    384     1,073     (58 )
 

State

    368     1     514  
               

Total Deferred

    752     1,074     456  
               

Provision for income taxes

  $ 14,009   $ 23,901   $ 17,695  
               

        A reconciliation of the federal statutory tax rate to the Company's effective tax rate is as follows:

 
  2010   2009   2008  

Federal statutory tax rate

    35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:

                   
 

State income taxes (net of federal effect)

    5.7     3.7     5.3  
 

Permanent adjustments

    1.3     (0.4 )   0.7  
 

Adjustments to uncertain tax positions

    (2.1 )       (1.5 )
 

Other

    (0.4 )   1.5     0.3  
               

Provision for income taxes

    39.5 %   39.8 %   39.8 %
               

        During 2010, the Company recorded $5.1 million of deferred tax assets related to acquired net operating loss carryforwards. The offset for recording the acquired net operating loss carryforwards was $5.1 million to goodwill. Utilization of the acquired carryforwards is subject to limitations due to ownership changes that may delay the utilization of a portion of the acquired carryforwards. No valuation allowances have been placed on the acquired net operating loss carryforwards. The Company has accumulated federal net operating losses of $12.2 million and state net operating losses of $44.9 million as of December 31, 2010. It is anticipated that the Company will utilize all of the federal and $30.8 million of the state net operating losses that are currently available. The carryforwards for significant taxing jurisdictions expire beginning in 2026.

F-27


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE J—INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities for continuing operations as of December 31 are as follows:

(In thousands)
  2010   2009  

Deferred tax liabilities:

             
 

Goodwill amortization

  $ 53,089   $ 47,527  
 

Patent amortization

        59  
 

Property, plant and equipment

    6,008      
 

Acquired Intangibles

    19,292      
 

Other

    350      
           

    78,739     47,586  
           

Deferred tax assets:

             
 

Deferred rent

    1,016     697  
 

Net operating loss carryforwards

    6,670     12,038  
 

Accrued expenses

    8,901     5,733  
 

Property, plant and equipment

        1,091  
 

Deferred benefit plan compensation

    6,367     5,918  
 

Accrued vacation

    1,769     996  
 

Provision for bad debt allowance

    4,314     3,991  
 

Inventory capitalization and reserves

    1,728     1,938  
 

Investments in debt and equity securities

        2,294  
 

Restricted stock

    836     963  
 

Patent amortization

    118      
 

Other

    859     480  
           

    32,578     36,139  

Valuation allowance

    (828 )   (11,359 )
           

    31,750     24,780  
           

Net deferred tax liabilities

  $ 46,989   $ 22,806  
           

        The Company establishes valuation allowances when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to amounts expected to be realized. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company recorded a valuation allowance of $0.8 million and $11.4 million, respectively, related to state loss carryforwards, which are expected to expire and not be utilized, and other deferred tax assets for such states. The 2010 decrease in the valuation allowance of $10.5 million is primarily due to a reduction in the value of the net operating losses in Maryland and associated valuation allowance as a result of the relocation of the Company's headquarters to Texas.

F-28


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE J—INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

(In thousands)
  2010   2009   2008  

Unrecognized tax benefits, at beginning of the year

  $ 1,709   $ 1,789   $ 5,749  
 

Additions for tax positions related to the current year

    107          
 

Decrease related to prior year positions

    (672 )        
 

Decrease for lapse of applicable statute of limitations

    (724 )   (80 )   (3,960 )
               

Unrecognized tax benefits, at end of the year

  $ 420   $ 1,709   $ 1,789  
               

        As of December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, that would affect the effective tax rate is $39 thousand, $774 thousand, and $856 thousand, respectively. At December 31, 2010, there were no unrecognized tax benefits that the Company expects would change significantly over the next 12 months.

        The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, the Company recognized ($51) thousand, $50 thousand, and ($646) thousand of interest and penalties, respectively. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had accrued interest and penalties of $32 thousand and $96 thousand, respectively.

        The Company is subject to income tax in U.S. federal, state and local jurisdictions and is subject to examination by federal, state, and local authorities. The Company is no longer subject to US Federal income tax examinations for years before 2007, and with few exceptions, is no longer subject to state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2006.

NOTE K—EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

Savings Plan

        The Company maintains a 401(k) Savings and Retirement plan that covers all of the employees of the Company. Under this 401(k) plan, employees may defer such amounts of their compensation up to the levels permitted by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company recorded matching contributions of $3.5 million, $3.2 million, and $2.8 million, respectively, of contributions under this plan during 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

        Effective January 2004, the Company implemented an unfunded noncontributory defined benefit plan (the "Plan") for certain senior executives. The Company has engaged an actuary to calculate the benefit obligation and net benefits cost at December 31, 2010 and have utilized the actuarial calculation as a basis for its benefit obligation liability. The Plan, which is administered by the Company, calls for annual payments upon retirement based on years of service and final average salary. Net periodic benefit expense is actuarially determined.

F-29


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE K—EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (Continued)

        The Plan's net benefit cost is as follows:

 
  (In thousands)  

Change in Benefit Obligation

       

Benefit obligation at December 31, 2007

  $ 8,269  
 

Service cost

    2,221  
 

Interest cost

    518  
       

Benefit obligation at December 31, 2008

    11,008  
 

Service cost

    2,435  
 

Interest cost

    695  
       

Benefit obligation at December 31, 2009

    14,138  
 

Service cost

    1,663  
 

Interest cost

    802  
 

Actuarial loss

    456  
       

Benefit obligation at December 31, 2010

  $ 17,059  
       

Unfunded status

 
$

17,059
 

Unamortized net (gain) loss

     
       

Net amount recognized

  $ 17,059  
       

Amounts Recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheet

       

Non-Current Accrued liabilities

  $ 17,059  
       

        For the year ended December 31, 2010, the actuarial loss included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated statements of changes in shareholders' equity and comprehensive income is $0.5 million. Net of $0.2 million in taxes, the resulting balance in accumulated other comprehensive income is $0.3 million for the year ended 2010. There were no other components such as prior service costs or transition obligations relating to Plan costs recorded within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) during 2010.

        The following weighted average assumptions were used to determine the benefit obligation and net benefit cost at December 31:

 
  2010   2009  

Discount rate

    4.75 %   5.50 %

Average rate of increase in compensation

    3.00 %   3.25 %

F-30


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE K—EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (Continued)

        At December 31, 2010, the estimated accumulated benefit obligation is $17.1 million. Future payments under the Plan are as follows:

 
  (In thousands)  

2011

  $ 526  

2012

    697  

2013

    697  

2014

    1,584  

2015

    1,584  

Thereafter

    11,971  
       

  $ 17,059  
       

NOTE L—STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

        On May 13, 2010, the stockholders of the Company approved the 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the "2010 Plan") and terminated the Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Incentive and Bonus Plan (the "2002 Plan") and 2003 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Incentive Plan (the "2003 Plan"). No new awards will be granted under the 2002 Plan or the 2003 Plan; however, awards granted under either the 2002 Plan or the 2003 Plan that were outstanding will remain outstanding and continue to be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the 2002 Plan or the 2003 Plan.

        The 2010 Plan provides that 2.5 million shares of Common Stock are reserved for issuance, subject to adjustment as set forth in the 2010 Plan; provided, however, that only 1.5 million shares may be issued pursuant to the exercise of incentive stock options. Of these 2.5 million shares, 2.0 million are shares that are newly authorized for issuance under the 2010 Plan and 0.5 million are unissued shares not subject to awards that have been carried over from the shares previously authorized for issuance under the terms of the 2002 Plan and the 2003 Plan. Unless earlier terminated by the Board of Directors, the 2010 Plan will remain in effect until the earlier of (i) the date that is ten years from the date the plan is approved by the Company's stockholders, which is the effective date for the plan, namely May 13, 2020, or (ii) the date all shares reserved for issuance have been issued.

        At December 31, 2010, of the 2.5 million shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the Company's 2010 Plan, approximately 0.1 million shares have been issued. Total unrecognized share-based compensation cost related to unvested restricted stock awards was approximately $9.8 million at December 31, 2010, and is expected to be expensed as compensation expense over approximately three years. The Company had no unrecognized expense related to its stock option grants for the periods ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

        During 2010, 2009, and 2008, no options were cancelled under the 2002 Stock Incentive and Bonus Plan. There were no 2003 Directors' Plan option cancellations during 2010, 2009 and 2008.

        For the year ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, the Company has included approximately $7.5 million, $7.4 million, and $4.7 million, respectively, for share-based compensation cost in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of income for the 2002, 2003, and 2010 Plans. Compensation expense primarily relates to restricted share grants, as the amount of expense related to options is immaterial in all periods presented. The Company calculates the fair value of stock options

F-31


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE L—STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)


using the Black-Scholes model. The total value of the stock option awards is expensed ratably over the requisite service period of the employees receiving the awards.

Restricted Shares of Common Stock

        A summary of the activity of restricted shares of common stock for the years ended December 31 is as follows:

 
  Employee Awards   Director Awards  
 
  Shares   Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
  Shares   Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Nonvested at December 31, 2007

    1,470,687   $ 8.67     122,956   $ 9.73  

Granted

   
567,850
   
16.18
   
66,742
   
12.59
 

Vested

    (453,247 )   8.46     (49,778 )   9.34  

Forfeited

    (28,250 )   8.84          
                       

Nonvested at December 31, 2008

    1,557,040   $ 11.47     139,920   $ 11.23  

Granted

   
40,778
   
16.07
   
70,696
   
14.06
 

Vested

    (587,657 )   10.42     (81,493 )   10.55  

Forfeited

    (23,700 )   11.05          
                       

Nonvested at December 31, 2009

    986,461   $ 12.29     129,123   $ 13.21  
                       

Granted

    454,950     18.45     75,710     18.48  

Vested

    (585,228 )   11.36     (71,079 )   12.86  

Forfeited

    (48,112 )   13.99          
                       

Nonvested at December 31, 2010

    808,071   $ 16.33     133,754   $ 16.38  
                       

        During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, 656,307 and 669,150 restricted shares of common stock with an intrinsic value of $7.6 million and $7.0 million, respectively, became fully vested. As of December 31, 2010, total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted shares of common stock was approximately $9.8 million and the related weighted-average period over which it is expected to be recognized is approximately two years. The aggregate granted shares have vesting dates through June 2014. The 2010 grant was $9.7 million at the date of grant which is amortized to expense ratably over the vesting period of granted shares.

F-32


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE L—STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

Options

        The summary of option activity and weighted average exercise prices are as follows:

 
  Employee Awards   Director Awards   Non-Qualified Awards  
 
  Shares   Weighted
Average Exercise
Price
  Shares   Weighted
Average Exercise
Price
  Shares   Weighted
Average Exercise
Price
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2007

    1,510,649   $ 11.10     153,113   $ 11.04     406,000   $ 5.95  
                                 

Granted

                         

Terminated

    (193,914 )   15.24     (10,000 )   18.63          

Exercised

    (222,785 )   3.04     (7,649 )   2.83          
                                 

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

    1,093,950   $ 12.01     135,464   $ 10.33     406,000   $ 5.95  
                                 

Granted

                         

Terminated

    (20,658 )   5.48     (5,000 )   14.00          

Exercised

    (308,960 )   8.16     (35,000 )   6.68          
                                 

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

    764,332   $ 13.74     95,464   $ 11.46     406,000   $ 5.95  
                                 

Granted

                         

Terminated

    (1,500 )   4.63                    

Exercised

    (328,332 )   14.16     (15,373 )   13.82     (30,000 )   5.50  
                                 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

    434,500   $ 13.45     80,091   $ 11.08     376,000   $ 5.98  
                                 

Aggregate intrinsic value at December 31, 2010

  $ 5,843,450         $ 881,940         $ 2,250,000        

Weighted average remaining contractual term (years)

    2.7           2.6           1.0        

        The intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $5.0 million and $2.8 million, respectively. Options exercisable under the Company's share-based compensation plans at December 31, 2010 and 2009 were 0.9 million and 1.3 million shares, respectively, with a weighted average exercise price of $10.08 and $11.07, respectively, an average remaining contractual term of 2.0 and 2.3 years, respectively, and an aggregate intrinsic value of $9.0 million and $14.0 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. Cash received by the Company related to the exercise of options during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 amounted to $5.0 million and $3.0 million. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, there is no unrecognized compensation cost related to stock option awards.

F-33


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE L—STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

        The summary of the options vested and exercisable is as follows:

 
  Employee
Plans
  Director
Plans
  Non-Qualified
Awards
 

December 31,

                   
 

2010

    434,500     80,091     376,000  
 

2009

    764,332     95,464     406,000  
 

2008

    1,093,950     135,464     406,000  

        Information concerning outstanding and exercisable options as of December 31, 2010 is as follows:

 
  Options Outstanding and
Exercisable
 
 
   
  Weighted Average  
Range of
Exercise Prices
  Number of
Options
or Awards
  Remaining
Life (Years)
  Exercise
Price
 

$  5.09 to $  6.02

    403,963     1.2   $ 5.93  

    8.08 to  12.10

    119,605     3.6     8.62  

  13.50 to  16.75

    367,023     2.3     15.12  
               

    890,591     2.0   $ 10.08  
               

NOTE M—LEASES

Operating Leases

        The Company leases office space under non-cancellable operating leases, the majority of which contain escalation clauses. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis for leases with escalation clauses. Certain of these leases also contain renewal options. Renewal periods vary according to lease agreements. Rent expense was approximately $40.4 million, $39.3 million, and $35.4 million, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. Sublease rental income of $0.1 million, $0.3 million, and $0.4 million, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively, was netted against rent expense. The Company estimates it will receive approximately $0.1 million of sublease rent income in the future.

        Future minimum rental payments, by year and in the aggregate, under operating leases with terms of one year or more at December 31, 2010 are as follows:

(In thousands)
   
 

2011

  $ 40,018  

2012

    33,423  

2013

    25,932  

2014

    19,223  

2015

    9,950  

Thereafter

    26,615  
       

  $ 155,161  
       

F-34


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE N—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        The firm of Foley & Lardner LLP serves as the Company's outside general counsel. The Company's Chairman is the brother-in-law of the partner in charge of the relationship. Total fees paid by the Company to Foley & Lardner LLP were $3.3 million, $2.7 million, and $3.0 million, for the years ended 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, which amounted to approximately one half of one percent of that firm's annual revenues for each such year. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had $0.3 million and $0.1 million payable to Foley & Lardner LLP, respectively.

NOTE O—SEGMENT AND RELATED INFORMATION

        The Company has identified three reportable segments in which it operates based on the products and services it provides. The Company evaluates segment performance and allocates resources based on the segments' income from operations. In December 2010, as a result of the acquisition of ACP, the Company realigned its reportable segments and identified the third operating segment. Therapeutic Solutions includes ACP and IN, Inc., which previously was included in Other. The results of IN, Inc. have been reclassified to Therapeutic Solutions in all years presented.

        The reportable segments are: (i) patient-care services (ii) distribution, and (iii) therapeutic solutions. The reportable segments are described further below:

        Patient-Care Services —This segment consists of the Company's owned and operated patient-care centers and fabrication centers of O&P components. The patient-care centers provide services to design and fit O&P devices to patients. These centers also instruct patients in the use, care and maintenance of the devices. Fabrication centers are involved in the fabrication of O&P components for both the O&P industry and the Company's own patient-care centers.

        Distribution —This segment distributes O&P products and components to both the O&P industry and the Company's own patient-care practices.

        Therapeutic Solutions —This segment consists of the leasing of rehabilitation equipment from ACP as well the operations of IN, Inc. ACP is a developer of specialized rehabilitation technologies and provides evidence-based clinical programs for post-acute rehabilitation. IN, Inc. specializes in bringing emerging MyoOrthotics Technologies® to the O&P market. MyoOrthotics Technologies represents the merging of orthotic technologies with electrical stimulation.

        Other —This consists of Hanger corporate and Linkia. Linkia is a national managed-care agent for O&P services and a patient referral clearing house.

        The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of "Significant Accounting Policies" in Note B to the consolidated financial statements.

F-35


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE O—SEGMENT AND RELATED INFORMATION (Continued)

        Summarized financial information concerning the Company's reportable segments is shown in the following table. Intersegment sales mainly include sales of O&P components from the distribution segment to the patient-care centers segment and were made at prices which approximate market values.

(In thousands)
  Patient-Care
Services
  Distribution   Therapeutic
Solutions
  Other   Consolidating
Adjustments
  Total  

2010

                                     

Net sales

                                     
 

Customers

  $ 714,665   $ 95,544   $ 6,622   $ 548   $   $ 817,379  
 

Intersegments

        168,823     3,839         (172,662 )    

Depreciation and amortization

    11,211     1,004     1,293     5,414     (113 )   18,809  

Income from operations

    131,430     30,395     (5,402 )   (75,023 )   (21 )   81,379  

Interest (income) expense

    28,410     3,397     480     (1,947 )       30,340  

Income (loss) before taxes

    103,020     26,998     (5,882 )   (88,671 )   (21 )   35,444  

Total assets

   
1,054,270
   
146,166
   
142,970
   
(281,927

)
 
   
1,061,479
 

Capital expenditures

    17,599     1,112     2,056     9,826         30,593  

2009

                                     

Net sales

                                     
 

Customers

  $ 670,458   $ 88,043   $ 1,122   $ 447   $   $ 760,070  
 

Intersegments

        155,017     2,782         (157,799 )    

Depreciation and amortization

    10,288     893     349     4,902     (113 )   16,319  

Income from operations

    125,185     25,634     (5,762 )   (54,705 )   168     90,520  

Interest (income) expense

    28,470     3,443         (1,220 )       30,693  

Income (loss) before taxes

    96,715     22,191     (5,762 )   (53,318 )   168     59,994  

Total assets

   
821,988
   
119,989
   
(16,902

)
 
(50,039

)
 
   
875,036
 

Capital expenditures

    14,704     794     904     4,868         21,270  

2008

                                     

Net sales

                                     
 

Customers

  $ 619,977   $ 80,707   $ 1,867   $ 578   $   $ 703,129  
 

Intersegments

        136,679     3,264         (139,943 )    

Depreciation and amortization

    11,855     735     285     4,421     (113 )   17,183  

Income from operations

    103,957     23,423     (4,000 )   (46,427 )   775     77,728  

Interest (income) expense

    (6,484 )   7,086     1     31,946         32,549  

Income (loss) before taxes

    110,441     16,337     (4,001 )   (79,111 )   775     44,441  

Total assets

   
707,635
   
91,948
   
(11,608

)
 
25,775
   
   
813,750
 

Capital expenditures

    11,175     505     390     7,260         19,330  

        The Company's foreign and export sales and assets located outside of the United States of America are not significant. Additionally, no single customer accounted for more than 10% of revenues in 2010, 2009, or 2008.

F-36


Table of Contents


HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE P—CORPORATE OFFICE RELOCATION

        The Company moved its corporate headquarters from Bethesda, Maryland to Austin, Texas during the year ended December 31, 2010. In conjunction with the move, the Company incurred employee separation costs, other relocation costs, and lease termination costs. Employee separation costs are expensed pro-ratably over the requisite service period. The Company incurred employee separation and relocation costs of $10.6 million the year ended December 31, 2010. The Company anticipates these costs will be paid to employees during 2011. These costs are expensed when incurred and the Company anticipates incurring up to an additional $1.5 million to $2.5 million over the next three to six months. As of August 31, 2010 the Company abandoned its lease premises in Bethesda, Maryland and has recorded a lease termination liability of $5.8 million, net of anticipated sub-lease recoveries. The lease termination liability will be paid out over the remaining term of the lease which expires on September 30, 2014.

        The following is a summary of the relocation incurred and to be paid in future periods:

(In thousands)
  Employee
Separation
  Other
Relocation
  Lease
Termination
  Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2009

  $   $   $   $  

Expenses incurred

    4,350     6,246     5,848     16,444  

Amounts paid

    (2,455 )   (6,246 )   (642 )   (9,343 )
                   

Balance as of December 31, 2010

  $ 1,895   $   $ 5,206   $ 7,101  
                   

F-37


Table of Contents

HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.
SCHEDULE II VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Year
  Classification   Balance at
beginning of
year
  Additions
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
  Write-offs   Balance at end
of year
 
(In thousands)
   
   
   
   
   
 
2010   Allowance for doubtful accounts   $ 10,526   $ 20,276   $ 14,116   $ 16,686  

2009

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

6,099

 

$

16,128

 

$

11,701

 

$

10,526

 

2008

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

3,965

 

$

15,906

 

$

13,772

 

$

6,099

 

 

Year
  Classification   Balance at
beginning of year
  Acquistions   Generated   Utilized/Released   Expired   Balance at
end of year
 
(In thousands)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
2010   Net Operating Loss   $ 12,038   $ 4,872   $ 29   $ 10,251   $ 18   $ 6,670  
    Valuation Allowance     11,359         23     10,554         828  

2009

 

Net Operating Loss

 

$

11,990

 

$


 

$

63

 

$


 

$

15

 

$

12,038

 
    Valuation Allowance     11,278         386     305         11,359  

2008

 

Net Operating Loss

 

$

12,255

 

$


 

$

247

 

$

432

 

$

80

 

$

11,990

 
    Valuation Allowance     10,813         844     367     12     11,278  

S-1


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.   Document
  2.1   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated October 18, 2010, by and among Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc., Speed Acquisition Vehicle, Inc., ComVest ACPC Holdings, LLC and John B. Beach. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 18, 2010).

 

3.1

 

Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Registrant. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1988).

 

3.2

 

Certificate of Amendment of the Registrant's Certificate of Incorporation (which, among other things, changed the Registrant's corporate name from Sequel Corporation to Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc.), as filed on August 11, 1989 with the Office of the Secretary of State of Delaware. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(b) to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 13, 1990).

 

3.3

 

Certificate of Agreement of Merger of Sequel Corporation and Delaware Sequel Corporation. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1(a) to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1988).

 

3.4

 

Certificate of Ownership and Merger of Hanger Acquisition Corporation and J. E. Hanger, Inc. as filed with the Office of the Secretary of the State of Delaware on April 11, 1989. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2(f) to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 15, 1989).

 

3.5

 

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on September 16, 1999. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999).

 

3.6

 

Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2008).

 

4.1

 

Indenture, dated November 2, 2010, by and among the Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc., each of the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 29, 2010).

 

4.2

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 2, 2010, by and among Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Jefferies & Company, Inc., as representatives of the several initial purchasers. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 29, 2010).

 

4.3

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated December 13, 2010, by and among the Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc., each of the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee. (Filed herewith).

 

10.1

 

Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended through May 10, 2007. (Incorporated herein by reference to Appendix 1 to the Registrant's Proxy Statement, dated April 10, 2007, relating to the Registrant's Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on May 10, 2007).*

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Document
  10.2   Amended and Restated 2003 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Incentive Plan, as amended through May 10, 2007. (Incorporated herein by reference to Appendix 2 to the Registrant's Proxy Statement, dated April 10, 2007, relating to the Registrant's Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on May 10, 2007).

 

10.3

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement (Non-Executive Employees), Stock Option Agreement (Executive Employees), Restricted Stock Agreement (Non-Executive Employees) and Restricted Stock Agreement (Executive Employees). (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibits 10.1, 10.2, 10.3 and 10.4, respectively, to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 24, 2005).

 

10.4

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2011 (Filed herewith).*

 

10.5

 

Amended and Restated Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 25, 2006, by and among the Registrant, Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund, L.P. and the Initial Purchasers identified therein. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006).

 

10.6

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2006, among the Registrant and Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund, L.P. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006).

 

10.7

 

Letter Agreements, dated May 26, 2006, between the Registrant and Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund, L.P. regarding board and management rights. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006).

 

10.8

 

Credit Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2010, among the Company and the lenders and agents party thereto. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 1, 2010).

 

10.9

 

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2010, made by the Registrant, as Borrower, and certain of its subsidiaries, in favor of Bank of America, N/A., as Administrative Agent. (Filed herewith).

 

10.10

 

Fourth Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2005, by and between Ivan R. Sabel and the Registrant. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007).*

 

10.11

 

Third Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2005, by and between George E. McHenry and the Registrant. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007).*

 

10.12

 

Fourth Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2005, by and between Thomas F. Kirk and the Registrant. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007).*

 

10.13

 

Third Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2005, by and between Richmond L. Taylor and the Registrant. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007).*

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Document
  10.14   Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of September 13, 2007, by and between Ronald N. May and the Registrant. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on November 13, 2007).*

 

10.15

 

Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2008, by and between Ivan R. Sabel and the Registrant. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on February 6, 2008).*

 

10.16

 

Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2008, by and between Thomas F. Kirk and the Registrant. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on February 6, 2008).

 

10.17

 

Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc. 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010).*

 

10.18

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010).*

 

10.19

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Executives (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010).*

 

10.20

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Employees Executives (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010).*

 

10.21

 

Form of Non-Employee Director Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010).*

 

10.22

 

Form of Executive Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010).*

 

10.23

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010).*

 

10.24

 

Securities Purchase and Lock-Up Agreement, dated October 18, 2010, by and between Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc. and John B. Breach and Schedule of Substantially Identical Securities Purchase and Lock-Up Agreements Omitted Pursuant to Instruction 2 to Item 601 of Regulation S-K (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 18, 2010).

 

10.25

 

Employment Agreement, effective as of November 2008 by and between Vinit Asar and the Registrant. (Filed herewith).*

 

21

 

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant. (Filed herewith).

 

23.1

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. (Filed herewith).

 

31.1

 

Written Statement of the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed herewith).

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Document
  31.2   Written Statement of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed herewith).

 

32

 

Written Statement of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed herewith).

*
Management contract or compensatory plan



Exhibit 4.3

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”) dated as of the 13th day of December, 2010, among (i) Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), (ii) ACP Medical Supply Corporation, a California corporation (“ ACP Medical ”), Accelerated Care Plus Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ ACP ”), and Liberty Health Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Liberty ” and, together with ACP Medical and ACP, the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiaries ”, and each individually, a “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), (iii) Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee (the “ Trustee ”), and (iv) Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics East, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Innovative Neurotronics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Eugene Teufel & Son Orthotics & Prosthetics, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, OPNET, Inc., a Nevada corporation, Southern Prosthetic Supply, Inc., a Georgia corporation, ABi Orthotic/Prosthetic Laboratories, Ltd., an Ohio limited liability company, The Brace Shop Prosthetic Orthotic Centers, Inc., an Ohio corporation, Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics West, Inc., a California corporation, Inline Orthotic and Prosthetic Systems, a California corporation, Creative Orthotics & Prosthetics, Inc., a New York corporation, Nebraska Orthotic & Prosthetic Services, Inc., a Nebraska corporation, Orthopedic Rehabilitation Products, Ltd., a Colorado corporation, Colorado Professional Medical, Inc., a Colorado corporation, Linkia, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company, Dosteon Solutions, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company, Hattingh Holdings, Inc., a Washington corporation, Elite Care, Incorporated, an Arizona corporation, Advanced Prosthetics of America, Inc., a Florida corporation, DDOPP Holding LLC, a Texas limited liability company, DiBello’s Dynamic Orthotics and Prosthetics Partnership, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership, and Wasatch Orthotics & Pedorthics, LLC, a Utah limited liability company (all of the entities identified in this subparagraph (iv), the “ Reaffirming Parties ” and individually, a “ Reaffirming Party ”), under the Indenture referred to below.

 

W  I  T  N  E  S  S  E  T  H

 

WHEREAS, the Company, the Reaffirming Parties and Speed Acquisition Vehicle, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Speed ”), have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of November 2, 2010, providing for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount of up to $200,000,000 of 7 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (the “ Notes ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances each Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “ Subsidiary Guarantee ”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee and the Company are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture; and

 



 

WHEREAS, on the date hereof Speed merged with and into ACP.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, each Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Company, each Reaffirming Party and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

1.             Capitalized Terms .  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

2.             Agreement to Guarantee .  Effective as of December 1, 2010, ACP and ACP Medical, and effective as of December 7, 2010, Liberty, hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing Subsidiary Guarantors, to unconditionally guarantee the Company’s Obligations under the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture.

 

3.             Execution and Delivery .  Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Subsidiary Guarantees shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee.

 

4.             No Recourse Against Others .  No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner, stockholder or agent of each Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Subsidiary Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.  Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

5.             Ratification of Indenture and Notation of Guarantee; Supplemental Indenture Part of Indenture .  Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture and the Notation of Guarantee, dated as of November 2, 2010, among the Company, the Reaffirming Parties and Speed, are in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

 

6.             New York Law to Govern .  THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

2



 

7.             Counterparts .  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

8.             Effect of Headings .  The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

9.             The Trustee .  The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries, the Reaffirming Parties and the Company.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

 

 

Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas F. Kirk

 

 

 

Name:

Thomas F. Kirk

 

 

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACP Medical Supply Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Z. Larry Hodin

 

 

 

Name:

Z. Larry Hodin

 

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accelerated Care Plus Corp.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John B. Beach

 

 

 

Name:

John B. Beach

 

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liberty Health Services, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richmond L. Taylor

 

 

 

Name:

Richmond L. Taylor

 

 

 

Title:

President

 

Supplemental Indenture

(Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc.)

 

S-1



 

 

 

REAFFIRMING PARTIES:

 

 

 

 

 

ABi Orthotic/Prosthetic Laboratories, Ltd.

 

 

Advanced Prosthetics of America, Inc.

 

 

Colorado Professional Medical, Inc.

 

 

Creative Orthotics & Prosthetics, Inc.

 

 

DDOPP Holding LLC

 

 

DiBello’s Dynamic Orthotics and Prosthetics Partnership, Ltd.

 

 

Elite Care, Incorporated

 

 

Eugene Teufel & Son Orthotics & Prosthetics, Inc.

 

 

Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics, Inc.

 

 

Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics East, Inc.

 

 

Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics West, Inc.

 

 

Hattingh Holdings, Inc.

 

 

Inline Orthotic and Prosthetic Systems

 

 

Nebraska Orthotic & Prosthetic Services, Inc.

 

 

Orthopedic Rehabilitation Products, Ltd.

 

 

The Brace Shop Prosthetic Orthotic Centers, Inc.

 

 

Wasatch Orthotics & Pedorthics, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richmond L. Taylor

 

 

 

Name:

Richmond L. Taylor

 

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPNET, Inc.

 

 

Innovative Neurotronics, Inc.

 

 

Dosteon Solutions, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas F. Kirk

 

 

 

Name:

Thomas F. Kirk

 

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Southern Prosthetic Supply, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ronald N. May

 

 

 

Name:

Ronald N. May

 

 

 

Title:

President

 

Supplemental Indenture

(Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc.)

 

S-2



 

 

Linkia, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rebecca Hast

 

 

Name:

Rebecca Hast

 

 

Title:

President

 

Supplemental Indenture

(Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc.)

 

S-3



 

 

TRUSTEE:

 

 

 

Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Geoffrey J. Lewis

 

 

Name:

Geoffrey J. Lewis

 

 

Title:

Assistant Vice President

 

Supplemental Indenture

(Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc.)

 

S-4




Exhibit 10.4

 

 

HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2011)

 



 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE I PURPOSE

3

1.1.

Effective Date

3

1.2.

Purpose

3

1.3.

Legal Compliance

3

 

 

 

ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS

4

2.1.

“Accrued Benefit”

4

2.2.

“Administrator”

4

2.3.

“Applicable Interest Rate”

4

2.4.

“Base Salary”

4

2.5.

“Beneficiary”

4

2.6.

“Board”

4

2.7.

“Change in Control”

4

2.8.

“Code”

4

2.9.

“Committee”

5

2.10.

“Company”

5

2.11.

“Effective Date”

5

2.12.

“Employer”

5

2.13.

“ERISA”

5

2.14.

“Final Average Salary”

5

2.15.

“Participant”

5

2.16.

“Plan”

5

2.17.

“Present Value”

5

2.18.

“Separation from Service”

5

2.19.

“Spouse”

5

2.20.

“Year of Credited Service”

5

2.21.

“Year of Vesting Service”

6

 

 

 

ARTICLE III PLAN ADMINISTRATION

6

3.1.

Administrator

6

3.2.

Administrator Duties

6

3.3.

Information

6

3.4.

Claims Procedure

6

3.5.

Indemnification

7

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV ELIGIBILITY FOR PARTICIPATION AND ENTITLEMENT TO ACCRUED BENEFIT

8

4.1.

Designation of Participants

8

4.2.

Entitlement to Accrued Benefits

8

4.3.

Forfeiture for Certain Reasons

8

 

 

 

ARTICLE V VESTING

9

5.1.

Vesting

9

5.2.

Forfeiture If Not Vested

9

 

i



 

ARTICLE VI AMOUNT OF ACCRUED BENEFIT

9

6.1.

Amount of Accrued Benefit

9

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII FORM AND COMMENCEMENT OF PAYMENTS TO A PARTICIPANT

10

7.1.

Form

10

7.2.

Commencement

10

7.3.

Reduction for Early Commencement

10

7.4.

Small Payment Rules

10

7.5.

Death While In Pay Status

11

7.6.

Withholding of Taxes and Amounts Due

11

7.7.

No Representation as to Tax Consequences

11

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII DEATH BENEFITS BEFORE PAYMENTS COMMENCE

11

8.1.

Amount

11

8.2.

Form

12

8.3.

Commencement

12

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL

12

9.1.

Vesting Accelerated for Active Participants

12

9.2.

Plan May Be Terminated and Paid Out

12

9.3.

Rabbi Trust To Be Established and Funded

12

 

 

 

ARTICLE X AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION

13

10.1.

Amendment or Termination by Board

13

10.2.

No Reduction or Delay of Benefit Payments

13

10.3.

Cash Out on Plan Termination

13

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS

13

11.1.

Unfunded Plan; Unsecured Liability

13

11.2.

No Contract of Employment

14

11.3.

Nonalienation of Benefits

14

11.4.

Effect on Retirement Plans

14

11.5.

Severability

14

11.6.

Merger, Consolidation or Acquisition

14

11.7.

Governing Law

14

11.8.

Binding Effect

14

 

ii



 

ARTICLE I
PURPO SE

 

1.1.           Effective Date .  HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), together with its subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively referred to herein as the “Employer”), established the Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “Plan”), as of the Effective Date.  The Plan was previously amended and restated as of January 1, 2005, to conform to the requirements of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 and new Code Section 409A.  The Plan is now amended and restated to revise the formula for determining the accrued benefits due to employees who initially become participants on or after January 1, 2011.

 

1.2.           Purpose .  The purpose of the Plan is to promote the best interests of the Company and Company stockholders by attracting and retaining key management employees having a strong interest in the success of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates and encouraging their service, loyalty and good counsel.

 

1.3.           Legal Compliance .  It is the intention of the Company:

 

(a)            That the Plan and all elections, deferrals, rights and features, notwithstanding any written terms or provisions to the contrary, be operated in good faith compliance with Code Section 409A; and

 

(b)            That the Plan will be amended or restated retroactively to January 1, 2005, or any later appropriate date, if necessary and without requiring the consent of any Participant or Beneficiary, in order that the Plan be in compliance with Code Section 409A; and

 

(c)            That the Plan shall at all times be administered and interpreted in such a manner as to constitute an unfunded Plan for a select group of management or highly compensated employees, so as to qualify for all available exemptions from the provisions of Title I of ERISA; and

 

(d)            That the Plan constitutes a nonqualified deferred compensation plan for all purposes of Code Section 3121(v)(2) (“Special Timing Rule”) and 4 U. S. C. Section 114 (“Pension Source Act”).

 

3



 

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

 

The following terms have the following meanings unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

 

2.1.           “Accrued Benefit” means the annual benefit amount calculated pursuant to Article VI.

 

2.2.           “Administrator” means the person designated by the Committee pursuant to Article III to administer the Plan on behalf of the Employers.  As of January 1, 2011, such person is the Vice President of Human Resources.

 

2.3.           “Applicable Interest Rate” means one hundred twenty percent (120%) of the applicable federal long-term rate rounded to the nearest two-tenths of one percent, compounded annually, in effect under Code Section 1274 for the month for which the determination is made.

 

2.4.           “Base Salary” means the annual base salary paid by an Employer to an employee during a calendar year, prior to giving effect to any salary reduction agreement to which Code Sections 125, 132(f), or 402(g)(3) applies or any voluntary deferred compensation election, but not including any other kind of extra or additional compensation.  If the rate of Base Salary changes during a calendar year the higher rate shall be annualized to determine Base Salary for the year.

 

2.5.           “Beneficiary” means the person or entity designated by a Participant to be his or her beneficiary for purposes of receiving benefits under the Plan in the event the Participant dies before receiving payment in full of the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit.  A designation of Beneficiary shall be valid and in effect only if a properly executed designation, in such form as the Administrator prescribes for this purpose, is filed and received by the Administrator before the death of the Participant.  If a Participant designates his or her Spouse as a Beneficiary, such Beneficiary designation automatically shall become null and void on the date of the Participant’s divorce or legal separation from such Spouse.  If a valid Beneficiary designation is not in effect at the time of the Participant’s death, the estate of the Participant is deemed to be the sole Beneficiary.  If the Administrator is uncertain as to the identity of the Participant’s Beneficiary, the Administrator may deem the estate of the Participant to be the sole Beneficiary.  A legal minor shall not qualify as a Beneficiary under the Plan.

 

2.6.           “Board” means the Board of Directors of Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc.

 

2.7.           “Change in Control” means a change in the ownership of the Company, a change in the effective control of the Company, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company, all as defined by Code Section 409A and the guidance applicable to interpreting it.

 

2.8.           “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time and as interpreted by regulations and rulings issued pursuant to the Code.  Any references to a specific provision shall be deemed to include references to any successor Code provision.

 

4



 

2.9.           “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board, which is authorized to oversee, administer and amend the Plan, or any successor committee selected by the Board for this purpose.

 

2.10.         “Company” means Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc., or any successor.

 

2.11.         “Effective Date” means January 1, 2004.

 

2.12.         “Employer” means the Company and any of its subsidiaries and affiliates.

 

2.13.         “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended and as interpreted by regulations and rulings issued pursuant to ERISA.  Any references to a specific provision shall be deemed to include references to any successor ERISA provision.

 

2.14.         “Final Average Salary” means a Participant’s average Base Salary for the three (3) calendar years during which the Participant’s Base Salary was the highest within the last five (5) consecutive calendar years ending with the calendar year in which occurs the Participant’s termination of employment.  If the Participant has fewer than three (3) averaging years for this purpose, the actual number of years in which Base Pay is earned shall be used to determine Final Average Salary.

 

2.15.         “Participant” means an employee of an Employer who is employed in a key management position and who is initially designated in this Plan, or subsequently in writing by the Committee, as a Participant; provided, however, if a Participant transfers out of employment in a key management position, but remains an employee, the Committee shall, in its discretion, determine the extent to which Plan benefits shall continue to accrue and/or vest following such transfer.

 

2.16.         “Plan” means the Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as contained in this document and including all amendments.

 

2.17.         “Present Value” means the present value of Accrued Benefits, as determined by the Administrator, discounted on the basis of the Applicable Interest Rate to the date of determination.

 

2.18.         “Separation from Service” means an employee’s last day of work or, if later, the expiration date of any required notice period applicable to the employee; provided, however, that no Separation from Service shall be deemed to have occurred earlier than the date as of which the employee has incurred a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, including Treas. Reg. 1.409A-1(h), determined by applying the default rules thereof.

 

2.19.         “Spouse” means the surviving spouse of the Participant, as such term is defined in the law of the State of residency of the Participant, and within the meaning of the federal Defense of Marriage Act (Pub. L. 104-99), at the applicable time.

 

2.20.         “Year of Credited Service” means twelve (12) full months of employment with the Employer measured from a Participant’s initial coverage date (as that term is described in Article VI).  Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator to be a greater amount, service for this purpose is limited to regular, full-time salaried employment by the Employer, including periods of authorized leave of absence.  Effective January 1, 2006, any period following a Participant’s termination of employment date with the Employer during which the Participant is entitled to wage continuation

 

5



 

payments, severance pay, or separation pay shall be deemed for this purpose to be an authorized leave of absence and employment after a Participant’s initial coverage date of fewer than twelve (12) full months shall be counted as a pro rata Year of Credited Service.

 

2.21.         “Year of Vesting Service” means twelve (12) full months of employment with the Employer measured from an employee’s most recent employment date with the Employer.  Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator to be a greater amount, service for this purpose is limited to regular, full-time salaried employment by the Employer, including periods of authorized leave of absence.  Effective January 1, 2006, any period following a Participant’s termination of employment date with the Employer during which the Participant is entitled to wage continuation payments, severance pay, or separation pay shall be deemed for this purpose to be an authorized leave of absence.

 

ARTICLE III

PLAN ADMINISTRATION

 

3.1.           Administrator .  The Committee shall appoint the Administrator, who shall administer the Plan for the exclusive benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries, subject to the terms of the Plan.  The Administrator shall administer the Plan in accordance with its terms and shall have the power and discretion to construe the terms of the Plan and to determine all questions arising in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan.  The Administrator may establish procedures, correct any defect, or reconcile any inconsistency in such manner and to such extent as is deemed necessary or advisable to carry out the purposes of the Plan.  Prior to a Change in Control, all actions by the Administrator shall be binding on all persons unless they are arbitrary or capricious.  The standard of review of Administrator actions following a Change in Control shall be the less deferential de novo standard of review.

 

3.2.           Administrator Duties .  The Administrator is responsible for the general administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to the following:

 

(a)            The discretion to determine matters of eligibility of employees to participate or remain a Participant and to receive Plan benefits;

 

(b)            To determine the amount of benefits payable on behalf of a Participant;

 

(c)            To maintain Plan records;

 

(d)            To interpret the Plan and adopt rules for Plan administration; and

 

(e)            To assist Participants and Beneficiaries regarding their rights and benefits under the Plan.

 

3.3.           Information .  The Employer shall provide to the Administrator all information necessary to the administration of the Plan.  The Administrator may rely on such information as is supplied by the Employer and shall have no duty to verify such information.

 

3.4.           Claims Procedure .  A claim for benefits shall be deemed filed when the Administrator receives written notice from either the person claiming a benefit (hereafter referred to as

 

6



 

“claimant”), or an Employer, that a Participant has either retired, died, or terminated the Participant’s employment for any other reason.  Upon receipt of this written notice, the Administrator shall determine the benefits, if any, payable to the claimant.  The Administrator shall communicate in writing to the claimant the benefits, if any, so determined within ninety (90) days after the date the Administrator receives the written notice described above that a claim has been filed.  If special circumstances require, the 90-day period set forth in the preceding sentence may be extended up to a period of ninety (90) additional days, provided the Administrator furnishes the claimant a written notice, prior to the expiration of the initial 90-day period, of the extension, specifying the special circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Administrator expects to determine the benefits payable, if any.

 

If any claim for benefits is subject to a dispute or is partially or wholly denied, the Administrator shall provide the claimant a written notice setting forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant the specific reason(s) for the benefit determination made by the Administrator; specific reference(s) to pertinent Plan provisions on which the benefit determination is based; a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; necessary information as to the requirements for submitting the disputed claim for a review; and a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination.

 

A claimant who, upon receipt of the written notice described in the preceding paragraph, desires a review of the benefit determination made by the Administrator must file not later than sixty (60) days (subject to circumstantial extensions) after such receipt a written request for a review of the benefit determination.  Such written request must be filed with the Committee.  The requested review shall be conducted by the Committee in such a manner so as to provide the claimant a full and fair review of the claimant’s claim and the initial determination.  Upon receipt by the Committee of a written request for such a review, the Committee shall advise the claimant in writing that the claimant or the claimant’s duly authorized representative, may review documents pertinent to the disputed claim and the claimant may submit written issues and comments to the Committee for consideration during the review.

 

The Committee shall review the disputed claim and render a decision not later than sixty (60) days following the receipt by the Committee of the written request for a review, unless special circumstances require an extension of the time for processing, in which case the decision shall be rendered not later than one hundred twenty (120) days following such receipt.  A written notice of any such extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the commencement of the extension.

 

The Committee shall render its decision on review in writing to the claimant within the applicable time period set forth above (but not later than five (5) days after the determination is made) and shall include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, as well as references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based.  Should the Committee fail to render its decision within the applicable time period the claim shall be deemed to have been denied.

 

“Written notice” includes electronic notification meeting the requirements of ERISA regulation 2520.104b-1(c)(1)(i), (iii), and (iv).

 

3.5.           Indemnification .  The Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Administrator from any liability which the Administrator may incur in connection with the performance

 

7


 

of his or her duties in connection with this Plan, so long as the Administrator has not acted in an arbitrary and capricious manner prior to a Change in Control (or was acting in good faith after a Change in Control) and within what the Administrator understood to be the scope of his or her duties.

 

ARTICLE IV
ELIGIBILITY FOR PARTICIPATION AND ENTITLEMENT TO ACCRUED BENEFIT

 

4.1.          Designation of Participants .  The Committee is authorized to designate as Participants those key management employees the Committee has determined should be awarded coverage by this Plan.  In addition, the Committee is authorized to increase the applicable percentage set forth in the Participant’s Table, described in Article VI, for a Participant who is promoted.

 

4.2.          Entitlement to Accrued Benefits .  Subject to Section 4.3, and the small payment rules in Section 7.4, a Participant shall be entitled to the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit upon the first to occur of:

 

(a)            Normal retirement; defined as Separation from Service and attainment of age sixty-five (65); or

 

(b)            Early retirement; defined as Separation from Service and attainment of age sixty-two (62), provided the Participant has completed at least five (5) Years of Vesting Service.

 

4.3.          Forfeiture for Certain Reasons .  Notwithstanding Section 4.2 or any other Plan provision, one hundred percent (100%) of a Participant’s unpaid Accrued Benefit shall be forfeited and not eligible for payment if the Committee determines as of the Participant’s termination of employment, or subsequently, that either of the following has occurred:

 

(a)            The Participant, in a willful and continuous manner, failed to discharge the Participant’s duties and responsibilities as an employee after having been given notice and an opportunity to cure; the Participant committed a material act of dishonesty involving the Employer; or the Participant was convicted of a felony; or

 

(b)            The Participant materially violated any confidentiality agreement or other covenant restricting actions detrimental to the Employer as set forth in written agreements entered into by the Employer and the Participant.

 

8



 

ARTICLE V

VESTING

 

5.1.          Vesting .  A Participant’s entitlement to his or her Accrued Benefit hereunder vests and becomes nonforfeitable (except as provided in Section 4.3) at the rate of twenty percent (20%) per Year of Vesting Service.  The Committee may apply a shorter vesting schedule in the case of any Participant, should it choose to do so.

 

5.2.          Forfeiture If Not Vested .  If Separation from Service occurs before the Participant is vested in any Accrued Benefits, no benefits are payable hereunder.

 

ARTICLE VI

AMOUNT OF ACCRUED BENEFIT

 

6.1.          Amount of Accrued Benefit .  Subject to other Plan provisions limiting or reducing benefits, the amount of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall be equal to:

 

(a)            with respect to a Participant whose initial coverage date was prior to January 1, 2011, the Participant’s Final Average Salary multiplied by the applicable percentage, as determined by the Committee and set out in the Participants’ Table I, attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, multiplied by a fraction determined as follows:

 

(i)             If a Participant’s initial coverage date (determined by the Committee and set out in the Participants’ Table) occurs on or before the Participant’s forty-fifth (45th) birthday, the numerator of the fraction shall be the Participant’s total number of Years of Credited Service as of the Participant’s termination of employment or twenty (20) Years of Credited Service (whichever is less) and the denominator shall be twenty (20) Years of Credited Service.

 

(ii)            If a Participant’s initial coverage date (as described in (i)) occurs after the Participant’s forty-fifth (45 th ) birthday, the numerator of the fraction shall be the maximum number of Years of Credited Service that could be completed between the Participant’s initial Plan coverage date and the Participant’s sixty-fifth (65 th ) birthday or, if less, the Participant’s total number of Years of Credited Service as of the Participant’s termination of employment, and the denominator shall be the maximum number of Years of Credited Service that could be completed between the Participant’s initial Plan coverage date and the Participant’s sixty-fifth (65 th ) birthday.

 

(b)            with respect to a Participant whose initial coverage date (determined by the Committee and set out in the Participants’ Table II) is on or after January 1, 2011, the Participant’s Final Average Salary multiplied by two percent (2%) (or such different percentage, as determined by the Committee and set out in the Participants’ Table II, attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference), multiplied by the Participant’s total number of Years of Credited Service as of the Participant’s termination of employment; provided that in no event shall the amount of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit determined under this

 

9



 

subsection (b) exceed forty percent (40%) of the Participant’s Final Average Salary.

 

ARTICLE VII
FORM AND COMMENCEMENT OF PAYMENTS TO A PARTICIPANT

 

7.1.          Form .  A Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall be paid in the form of a single annual payment for fifteen (15) consecutive calendar years except as otherwise provided in the small payment rules in Section 7.4.

 

7.2.          Commencement .  Payments shall ordinarily commence on an Employer payroll date in January of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which occurs the earlier of the Participant’s normal or early retirement dates.  However, any benefit payments that would otherwise be payable within six (6) months after the Participant’s Separation from Service shall be accumulated and paid on the first day of the seventh month following the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service (or if earlier, the date of death of the Participant).

 

7.3.          Reduction for Early Commencement .  Any benefit payments commencing before the Participant has attained age sixty-five (65) shall be reduced to reflect the number of years by which the benefit payment commencement date precedes the date on which normal retirement benefits would have commenced, with the reduction being two percent (2%) per year.  There is no actuarial increase for commencement of payments after the January following attainment of age sixty-five (65).

 

7.4.          Small Payment Rules .  The following small payment rules are effective on and after January 1, 2006:

 

(a)            Small Present Value at Payment Due Date .  If on any date on which a payment to a Participant is otherwise due under this Article VII, the Present Value of all remaining payments due to the Participant is one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) or less, such Present Value amount shall be paid in a lump sum on the payment date to the Participant in full and complete termination of the entirety of the Participant’s interest in the Plan.  Payment shall be made on the first day of the month following the six (6) month anniversary of the Participant’s Separation from Service.  Such dollar amount shall be adjusted not less frequently than once every five (5) years by the Administrator for cost-of-living increases based on changes in the Consumer Price Index for all Urban Consumers (CPI-U) beginning in 2010.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount paid under this subsection shall not exceed the maximum permitted payment amount described in Treas. Reg. 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii).

 

10



 

(b)            De Minimis Cash Out Rule at Termination of Employment .  If, as of a Participant’s Separation from Service, the Present Value of the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit is no greater than the applicable dollar amount under Code Section 402(g)(1)(B), such amount shall be paid to the Participant in a single lump sum amount in full and complete settlement of the Participant’s interest in the Plan.  Payment shall be made on the first day of the month following the six (6) month anniversary of the Participant’s Separation from Service.

 

7.5.          Death While In Pay Status .  If a Participant who is receiving installment payments of his or her Accrued Benefits dies before payment in full is completed, any remaining installment payments shall be made to the Participant’s Beneficiary, including when applicable, in accordance with the small payment rule of Section 7.4(a).

 

7.6.          Withholding of Taxes and Amounts Due .  The Employer shall have the right to require the Participant to remit to the Employer an amount sufficient to satisfy Federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements, or to deduct from all payments made pursuant to the Plan (or from a Participant’s other compensation) amounts sufficient to satisfy withholding tax requirements.  Employment taxes with respect to amounts deferred hereunder shall be payable in accordance with Code Section 3121(v)(2) and may be withheld from a Participant’s compensation if due prior to the time of a distribution under the Plan.  In addition, the Employer may deduct from any payment hereunder all amounts owed to the Employer by the Participant for any reason.

 

7.7.          No Representation as to Tax Consequences .  The Employer makes no representations, warranties, or assurances and assumes no responsibility as to the tax consequences of this Plan.

 

ARTICLE VIII
DEATH BENEFITS BEFORE PAYMENTS COMMENCE

 

8.1.          Amount .  If a Participant who has a vested interest in his or her Accrued Benefit dies before payment of the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit has commenced, the Beneficiary of the Participant shall be entitled to receive a death benefit hereunder.  The death benefit is equal to the deceased Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit at the time of death.

 

11



 

8.2.          Form .  The death benefit shall be paid in the form of a single annual payment for fifteen (15) consecutive calendar years, subject to Section 8.3(b) and the small payment rules of Section 7.4.

 

8.3.          Commencement .  Upon the death of a Participant eligible for early or normal retirement, death benefit payments shall commence on a payroll date in January of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the Participant’s death occurs.  Any payments commencing before the Participant would have reached age sixty-five (65) shall be reduced to reflect the number of years by which the benefit payment commencement date precedes the date on which normal retirement benefits would have commenced to the Participant, with the reduction being at the rate of two percent (2%) per year.

 

(b)            Upon the death of a Participant who is not eligible for early or normal retirement at the time of death, the Administrator shall discount to their Present Value the installment payments that would otherwise be payable to the Participant, had the Participant survived to age sixty-five (65), and make payment in full in a single lump sum payment to the Beneficiary.

 

ARTICLE IX
EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL

 

9.1.          Vesting Accelerated for Active Participants .  If a Change in Control is determined by the Board to have occurred while a Participant is actively employed by the Employer, the Participant shall be immediately and fully vested in the Participant’s Accrued Benefit determined as of the date of the Change in Control.

 

9.2.          Plan May Be Terminated and Paid Out .  If a Change in Control is determined by the Board to have occurred then, in the sole discretion of the Board, and subject to Code Section 409A, including specifically the plan termination rules in Treas. Reg. 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix), the Plan may be terminated and the entire Present Value of Accrued Benefits of each Participant be distributed in a lump sum as soon as reasonably possible.

 

9.3.          Rabbi Trust To Be Established and Funded .  If a Change in Control is determined by the Board to have occurred, and the Plan is not terminated as described in Section 9.2, the Company shall, no later than thirty (30) days after the Change in Control, pay into an irrevocable grantor trust (sometimes also referred to as a “rabbi trust”), created by the Company for this purpose, an amount so that the trust’s assets are equal to the Present Value of the Accrued Benefits of all Participants determined on the date of the Change in Control, and periodically thereafter pay into the trust any additional amount necessary so that the trust’s assets continue to equal the Present Value of all Accrued Benefits determined at least annually thereafter.  All assets held by such trust shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors in the event of the Company’s insolvency.  Insolvency for this purpose means that the Company is unable to pay its debts as they become due or the Company is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

 

12



 

ARTICLE X

AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION

 

10.1.        Amendment or Termination by Board .  There is no time limit on the duration of the Plan.  However, the Company, by action of the Board or its Compensation Committee, may at any time to comply with Code Section 409A or for any reason, amend or terminate the Plan; provided, however, that the provisions of Section 9.3 shall not be amended or in any way curtailed following a Change in Control until all Accrued Benefits as of the date of the Change in Control have been paid.

 

10.2.        No Reduction or Delay of Benefit Payments .  Except to the extent required for the Plan to comply with Code Section 409A or other applicable law, however, no amendment shall be effective so as to reduce the amount of benefit payable to any Participant or to delay the payment of any amount to a Participant beyond the time that such amount would be payable without regard to such amendment.

 

10.3.        Cash Out on Plan Termination .  If the Plan is terminated, to the extent permissible under Code Section 409A, the Present Value of all Accrued Benefits shall be distributed to Participants in lump sum payments as of the effective date of the Plan termination (or at such other time as permitted by Code Section 409A).

 

ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS

 

11.1.        Unfunded Plan; Unsecured Liability .  This Plan is unfunded and is maintained by the Company primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees.  The Company may authorize creation of a trust or other arrangements to assist the Company in meeting its obligations under the Plan.  However, any liability to any person with respect to the Plan shall be based solely upon contractual obligations created pursuant to the Plan.  Nothing contained in this Plan and no action taken pursuant to its terms shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between any Employer and the Participant, or any other person.  The right of the Participant to receive benefits hereunder shall be an unsecured claim against the general assets of the Participant’s Employer and neither the Participant nor any other person shall have any rights in or against any amounts which may be earmarked by the Employer in order to implement this Plan or any other specific assets of the Employer.

 

13



 

11.2.        No Contract of Employment .  The Plan is an expression of the Company’s current policy with respect to Company executives who meet the eligibility requirements set forth in the Plan.  The Plan is not a contract of employment, nor does it provide any Participant with a right to continue in the employment of the Employer.  No Participant, Beneficiary or other person shall have any legal or other right to any benefit payments except in accordance with the terms of the Plan, and then only while the Plan is in effect and subject to the Company’s right to amend or terminate the Plan.

 

11.3.        Nonalienation of Benefits .  The right of a Participant or any other person to the payment of benefits under this Plan shall not be assigned, transferred, pledged or encumbered except as otherwise provided by law, and no rights or benefits hereunder shall be subject to attachment or legal process for or against a Participant or his or her Beneficiary.

 

11.4.        Effect on Retirement Plans .  Any benefits accrued pursuant to this Plan shall not be deemed compensation to the Participant for the purpose of computing benefits under any qualified retirement plan or other benefit plan, whether qualified or nonqualified, which may be maintained by the Employer.

 

11.5.        Severability .  If any of the provisions of the Plan shall be held to be invalid, or shall be determined to be inconsistent with the purpose of the Plan, the remainder of the Plan shall not be affected thereby.

 

11.6.        Merger, Consolidation or Acquisition .  This Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns and the Participants and their heirs, executors, administrators, and legal representatives.

 

11.7.        Governing Law .  This Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware to the extent not preempted by federal law.

 

11.8.        Binding Effect .  This document and any amendments hereto contain all the terms and provisions of the Plan and shall constitute the entire Plan, any other alleged terms or provisions being of no effect.  Obligations incurred by the Employer pursuant to this Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Participant, his or her Beneficiaries, personal representatives, heirs and legatees.

 

Dated this 18th day of January, 2011.

 

 

 

 

HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew C. Morton

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

Vice President — Human Resources

 

14




Exhibit 10.9

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

 

 

GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

 

made by

 

HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.,
as Borrower,

 

and certain of its Subsidiaries
in favor of

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent

 

Dated as of December 1, 2010

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

SECTION 1. DEFINED TERMS

1

 

 

 

1.1

Definitions

1

1.2

Other Definitional Provisions

6

 

 

 

SECTION 2. GUARANTEE

6

 

 

 

2.1

Guarantee

6

2.2

Right of Contribution

8

2.3

Subrogation

8

2.4

Amendments, etc. with respect to the Borrower Obligations

8

2.5

Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional

9

2.6

Reinstatement

10

2.7

Payments

11

 

 

 

SECTION 3. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

11

 

 

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

12

 

 

 

4.1

Representations in Credit Agreement

12

4.2

Title; No Other Liens

12

4.3

Perfected First Priority Liens

12

4.4

Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office

12

4.5

[Reserved]

12

4.6

Farm Products

12

4.7

Investment Property

13

4.8

Receivables

13

4.9

Intellectual Property

13

 

 

SECTION 5. COVENANTS

14

 

 

5.1

Covenants in Credit Agreement

14

5.2

Delivery of Instruments and Chattel Paper

14

5.3

Maintenance of Insurance

14

5.4

Payment of Obligations

15

5.5

Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation

15

5.6

Changes in Name, etc.

16

5.7

Notices

16

5.8

Investment Property

16

5.9

Receivables

17

5.10

Intellectual Property

18

5.11

Commercial Tort Claims

19

 

 

 

SECTION 6. REMEDIAL PROVISIONS

19

 

 

 

6.1

Certain Matters Relating to Receivables

19

6.2

Communications with Obligors; Grantors Remain Liable

20

6.3

Pledged Stock

20

6.4

Proceeds to be Turned Over To Administrative Agent

21

6.5

Application of Proceeds

21

6.6

Code and Other Remedies

22

6.7

Sale of Pledged Stock

23

 

i



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

6.8

Deficiency

23

 

 

 

SECTION 7. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

23

 

 

 

7.1

Administrative Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc.

23

7.2

Duty of Administrative Agent

25

7.3

Execution of Financing Statements

25

7.4

Authority of Administrative Agent

25

 

 

 

SECTION 8. MISCELLANEOUS

26

 

 

 

8.1

Amendments in Writing

26

8.2

Notices

26

8.3

No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies

26

8.4

Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification

26

8.5

Successors and Assigns

27

8.6

Set-Off

27

8.7

Counterparts

27

8.8

Severability

27

8.9

Section Headings

27

8.10

Integration

27

8.11

GOVERNING LAW

27

8.12

Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers

28

8.13

Acknowledgements

28

8.14

Additional Grantors

28

8.15

Releases

28

8.16

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

29

8.17

Effectiveness of ACP Execution

29

 

Schedules

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule 1

 

Notice Address of Guarantors

Schedule 2

 

Description of Pledged Securities

Schedule 3

 

Filings and Other Actions Required to Perfect Security Interest

Schedule 4

 

Jurisdiction of Organization, Identification Number and Location of Chief Executive Office

Schedule 5

 

[Reserved]

Schedule 6

 

[Reserved]

Schedule 7

 

Intellectual Property

Schedule 8

 

Intellectual Property Matters

Schedule 9

 

Deposit Accounts

 

 

 

Annexes

 

 

 

 

 

Annex I

 

Assumption Agreement

Annex II

 

[Reserved]

Annex III

 

Form of Patent Security Agreement

Annex IV

 

Form of Trademark Security Agreement

 

ii



 

GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT, dated as of December 1, 2010, made by each of the signatories hereto (together with any other entity that may become a party hereto as provided herein, the “ Grantors ”), in favor of BANK of AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the banks and other financial institutions (the “ Lenders ”) from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2010, (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ,”), among HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement (the “ Lenders ”) and the Administrative Agent.

 

W I T N E S S E D :

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have severally agreed to make extensions of credit to the Borrower upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein;

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower is a member of an affiliated group of companies that includes each other Grantor;

 

WHEREAS, the proceeds of the extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement will be used in part to enable the Borrower to make valuable transfers to one or more of the other Grantors in connection with the operation of their respective businesses;

 

WHEREAS, certain of the Qualified Counterparties may enter into Specified Agreements with one or more of the Grantors;

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the other Grantors are engaged in related businesses, and each Grantor will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement and from the Specified Agreements; and

 

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the obligation of the Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement that the Grantors shall have executed and delivered this Agreement to the Administrative Agent;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrower thereunder, each Grantor hereby agrees with the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Creditors, as follows:

 

SECTION 1.  DEFINED TERMS

 

1.1           Definitions .

 

(a)           Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement and the following terms are used herein as defined in the New York UCC:  Accounts, Certificated Security, Chattel Paper, Commercial Tort Claims, Documents, Equipment, Farm Products, General Intangibles, Goods, Instruments, Inventory, Letter-of-Credit Rights and Supporting Obligations.

 

(b)           The following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Agreement ”:  this Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 



 

Borrower Credit Agreement Obligations ”:  the collective reference to the unpaid principal of and interest on the Loans and reimbursement obligations under Letters of Credit and all other obligations and liabilities of the Borrower (including interest and fees accruing at the then applicable rate provided in the Credit Agreement after the maturity of the Loans and such reimbursement obligations and interest and fees accruing at the then applicable rate provided in the Credit Agreement after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest and fees is allowed in such proceeding) to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, the Credit Agreement, this Agreement, or the other Loan Documents, or any Letter of Credit, or any other document made, delivered or given in connection therewith, in each case whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses or otherwise (including all fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent or to the Lenders that are required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant to the terms of any of the foregoing agreements).

 

Borrower Hedge Agreement Obligations ”:  the collective reference to all obligations and liabilities of the Borrower (including interest and fees accruing at the then applicable rate provided in any Specified Agreement after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) to any Qualified Counterparty, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, any Specified Agreement or any other document made, delivered or given in connection therewith, in each case whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses or otherwise (including all fees and disbursements of counsel to the relevant Qualified Counterparty that are required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant to the terms of any Specified Agreement).

 

Borrower Obligations ”:  the collective reference to (i) the Borrower Credit Agreement Obligations, (ii) the Borrower Hedge Agreement Obligations, but only to the extent that, and only so long as, the Borrower Credit Agreement Obligations are secured and guaranteed pursuant hereto, and (iii) all other obligations and liabilities of the Borrower, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement (including all fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent or to the Secured Creditors that are required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant to the terms of this Agreement).

 

Collateral ”:  as defined in Section 3.

 

Collateral Account ”:  any collateral account established by the Administrative Agent as provided in Section 6.1 or 6.4.

 

Copyrights ”:  all copyrights arising under the laws of the United States, any other country or any political subdivision thereof, whether registered, including any renewals thereof, or unregistered and whether published or unpublished (including those listed in Schedule 7 ), all regis trations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, including all registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Copyright Office.

 

2



 

Copyright Licenses ”:  any written agreement naming any Grantor as licensor or licensee (including those listed in Schedule 7 ), granting any right under any Copyright, including the grant of rights to manufacture, distribute, exploit and sell materials derived from any Copyright.

 

Deposit Account ”:  as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction and, in any event, including any demand, time, savings, passbook or like account maintained with a depositary institution.

 

Excluded Account ” shall mean (i) any Deposit Account maintained with Bank of America, N.A., (ii) any Deposit Account the balance of which is swept at the end of each Business Day into another Deposit Account that is subject to Administrative Agent’s control (within the meaning of Section 9-104  of the applicable Uniform Commercial Code), and (iii) any Deposit Account the average daily available balance of which in the aggregate, together with the average daily available balance of all such other Deposit Accounts of all Grantors excluded pursuant to this clause (iii), shall not exceed $5,000,000.

 

Excluded Assets ”:  the collective reference to (i) any contract, General Intangible, Copyright License, Patent License or Trademark License (“ Intangible Assets ”), or other asset upon which a Lien is permitted pursuant to Section 8.01(f) of the Credit Agreement in each case to the extent the grant by the relevant Grantor of a security interest pursuant to this Agreement in such Grantor’s right, title and interest in such Intangible Asset or other asset (A) is prohibited by provisions of any contract, agreement, instrument or indenture governing such Intangible Asset or other asset, or (B) would give any other party to such contract, agreement, instrument or indenture a right to terminate its obligations thereunder, or (C) is permitted only with the consent of another party, if such consent has not been obtained, in each case unless such prohibition, right or requirement to obtain consent is rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406(d), 9-407(a), 9-408(a) or 9-409 of any applicable Uniform Commercial Code (or any successor provision or provisions) or, if determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, any other applicable law (including the Bankruptcy Code) or principles of equity, (ii) assets owned by any Grantor on the date hereof or hereafter acquired and any proceeds thereof that are subject to a Lien securing a purchase money obligations or Capital Lease Obligations permitted to be incurred pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement (and including any refinancing thereof permitted pursuant to the Credit Agreement) (including cross-collateralization to other purchase money obligation or Capital Lease Obligation permitted by the Credit Agreement and provided by the same Person and its Affiliates) to the extent and for so long as the contract or other agreement in which such Lien is granted (or the documentation providing for such purchase money obligation or Capital Lease Obligation) prohibits the creation of any other Lien on such assets and proceeds, (iii) any property of a person existing at the time such person is (or the assets of such person are) acquired or merged with or into or consolidated with any Grantor that is subject to a Lien permitted by Section 8.01(l) of the Credit Agreement (and including any refinancing thereof) to the extent and for so long as the contract or other agreement in which such Lien is granted prohibits the creation of any other Lien on such property, (iv) any intent-to-use trademark application to the extent and for so long as creation by a Grantor of a security interest therein would result in the loss by such Grantor of any material rights therein, (v) any Equity Interests of a Foreign Subsidiary to the extent and for so long as the pledge thereof to the Administrative Agent could result in adverse tax consequences to the Borrower; provided that this clause (v) shall not apply to (A) Voting Stock of any Subsidiary which is a first-tier controlled foreign corporation (as defined in Section 957(a) of the Code) representing 66% of the total voting power of all outstanding Voting Stock of such Subsidiary and (B) 100% of the Equity Interests not constituting Voting Stock of any such Subsidiary, except that any such Equity Interests constituting “stock entitled to vote” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.956-2(c)(2) shall be treated as Voting Stock for

 

3



 

purposes of this clause (v) ; (vi) any rights or property to the extent that any law or governmental regulation prohibits the creation or perfection of a security interest therein; provided , that in any event any Receivable or any money or other amounts due or to become due under any such contract, agreement, instrument or indenture shall not be Excluded Assets to the extent that any of the foregoing is (or if it contained a provision limiting the transferability or pledge thereof would be) subject to Section 9-406 of the New York UCC, and (vii) Foreign Subsidiary Voting Stock excluded from the definition of “Pledged Stock” set forth in this Section 1.1.

 

Foreign Subsidiary ”:  any Subsidiary organized under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States of America.

 

Foreign Subsidiary Voting Stock ”:  the voting Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary.

 

Grantor Obligations ”: with respect to the Borrower, means Borrower Obligations and with respect to any Guarantor, means such Guarantor’s Obligations.

 

Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations ”:  the collective reference to all obligations and liabilities of a Guarantor (including interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in any Specified Agreement after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to such Guarantor, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) to any Qualified Counterparty, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, any Specified Agreement or any other document made, delivered or given in connection therewith, in each case whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses or otherwise (including all fees and disbursements of counsel to the relevant Qualified Counterparty that are required to be paid by such Guarantor pursuant to the terms of any Specified Agreement).

 

Guarantor Obligations ”:  with respect to any Guarantor, the collective reference to (i) any Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations of such Guarantor, but only to the extent that, and only so long as, the other Obligations of such Guarantor are secured and guaranteed pursuant hereto, and (ii) all obligations and liabilities of such Guarantor which may arise under or in connection with this Agreement (including Section 2) or any other Loan Document to which such Guarantor is a party, in each case whether on account of guarantee obligations, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses or otherwise (including all fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent or to any Secured Creditors that are required to be paid by such Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document).

 

Guarantors ”:  the collective reference to each Grantor other than the Borrower.

 

Intellectual Property ”:  the collective reference to all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including the Copyrights, the Copyright Licenses, the Patents, the Patent Licenses, the Trademarks and the Trademark Licenses, inventions, processes, designs, formulae, trade secrets and know-how, computer software (including data and related documentation), other than off-the-shelf software, and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.

 

Intercompany Note ”:  any promissory note evidencing loans made by any Grantor to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

4



 

Investment Property ”:  the collective reference to (i) all “investment property” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(49) of the New York UCC (other than any Foreign Subsidiary Voting Stock excluded from the definition of “Pledged Stock” in this Section 1.1) and (ii) whether or not constituting “investment property” as so defined, all Pledged Notes and all Pledged Stock.

 

Issuers ”:  the collective reference to each issuer of any Investment Property.

 

Licensed Intellectual Property ”:  as defined in Section 4.10.

 

New York UCC ”:  the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

 

Obligations ”:  (i) in the case of the Borrower, the Borrower Obligations, and (ii) in the case of each Guarantor, its Guarantor Obligations.

 

Patents ”:  (i) all letters patent, including any reissues or extensions, of the United States, any other country or any political subdivision thereof, all reissues and extensions thereof and all goodwill associated therewith, including any of the foregoing referred to in Schedule 7 , and (ii) all applications for letters patent of the United States or any other country and all divisions, continuations and continuations-in-part thereof, including any of the foregoing referred to in Schedule 7 .

 

Patent License ”:  any agreement, whether written or oral, providing for the grant by or to any Grantor of any right to manufacture, use or sell any invention covered in whole or in part by a Patent, including any of the foregoing referred to in Schedule 7 .

 

Pledged Notes ”:  all promissory notes listed on Schedule 2 , all Intercompany Notes at any time issued to any Grantor and all other promissory notes issued to or held by any Grantor (other than promissory notes issued in connection with extensions of trade credit by any Grantor in the ordinary course of business).

 

Pledged Securities ”:  the collective reference to the Pledged Notes and the Pledged Stock.

 

Pledged Stock ”:  the shares of Capital Stock held by any Grantor (including those listed on Schedule 2 ), together with any other shares, stock certificates, options or rights of any nature whatsoever in respect of the Capital Stock of any Person that may be issued or granted to, or held by, any Grantor while this Agreement is in effect; provided that in no event shall more than 66% of the total outstanding Foreign Subsidiary Voting Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary be required to be pledged hereunder.

 

Proceeds ”:  all “proceeds” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(64) of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect from time to time in the State of New York and, in any event, including all dividends or other income from the Investment Property, collections thereon or distributions or payments with respect thereto.

 

Qualified Counterparty ”:  with respect to any Specified Agreement, any counterparty thereto that, at the time such Specified Agreement was entered into, was a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender.

 

5


 

Receivable ”:  any right to payment for goods sold, leased, licensed, assigned or otherwise disposed of, or for services rendered, whether or not such right is evidenced by an Instrument or Chattel Paper and whether or not it has been earned by performance (including any Account).

 

Securities Act ”:  the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Specified Agreement ”:  any Rate Swap Document or Cash Management Agreement entered into by (i) the Borrower or any Guarantor and (ii) any Qualified Counterparty.

 

Trademarks ”:  all registered and unregistered trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, Internet domain names, fictitious business names, trade styles, service marks, logos and other source or business identifiers, including any renewals thereof, and all goodwill associated therewith, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, whether in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, any State thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, or otherwise, and all common-law rights related thereto, including any of the foregoing referred to in Schedule 7 .

 

Trademark License ”:  any agreement, whether written or oral, providing for the grant by or to any Grantor of any right to use any Trademark, including any of the foregoing referred to in Schedule 7 .

 

Vehicles ”:  all cars, trucks, trailers, construction and earth moving equipment and other vehicles covered by a certificate of title law of any state and all tires and other appurtenances to any of the foregoing.

 

1.2           Other Definitional Provisions .

 

(a)           The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereto” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section and Schedule references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

 

(b)           The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

 

(c)           The terms “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.”

 

(d)           Where the context requires, terms relating to the Collateral or any part thereof, when used in relation to a Grantor, shall refer to such Grantor’s Collateral or the relevant part thereof.

 

SECTION 2.  GUARANTEE

 

2.1           Guarantee .

 

(a)           (i)  The Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantee to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Creditors and their respective successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns, the prompt and complete payment and performance by the Borrower when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Borrower Obligations (other than, in the case of each Guarantor, Borrower Obligations arising pursuant to clause (ii) of

 

6



 

this Section 2.1(a) in respect of Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations in respect of which such Guarantor is a primary obligor).

 

(ii)           The Borrower hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Creditors and their respective successors, endorsees, transferees and assigns, the prompt and complete payment and performance by each Guarantor when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations of such Guarantor.

 

(b)           Anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) the maximum liability of each Guarantor hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall in no event exceed the amount which can be guaranteed by such Guarantor under applicable federal and state laws relating to fraudulent conveyances or transfers or the insolvency of debtors (after giving effect to the right of contribution established in Section 2.2) and (ii) the maximum liability of the Borrower under this Section 2 shall in no event exceed the amount which can be guaranteed by the Borrower under applicable federal and state laws relating to fraudulent conveyances or transfers or the insolvency of debtors (after giving effect to the right of contribution established in Section 2.2).

 

(c)           (i)  Each Guarantor agrees that the Borrower Obligations may at any time and from time to time exceed the amount of the liability of such Guarantor hereunder without impairing the guarantee of such Guarantor contained in this Section 2 or affecting the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Creditor hereunder.

 

(ii)           The Borrower agrees that the Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations may at any time and from time to time exceed the amount of the liability of the Borrower under this Section 2 without impairing the guarantee of the Borrower contained in this Section 2 or affecting the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Creditor hereunder.

 

(d)           Subject to Section 8.15 hereof, the guarantee contained in this Section 2 shall remain in full force and effect until all the Borrower Obligations (other than Borrower Obligations arising under Section 2.1(a)(ii) hereof) and the obligations of each Guarantor under the guarantee contained in this Section 2 (other than Guarantor Obligations in respect of Borrower Obligations arising under Section 2.1(a)(ii) hereof) shall have been satisfied by full and final payment in cash, no Letter of Credit shall be outstanding (unless cash collateralized on terms acceptable to the L/C Issuer or such Letter of Credit becomes a Supported Letter of Credit) and the Commitments shall be terminated, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of the Credit Agreement the Borrower may be free from any Borrower Obligations and any or all of the Guarantors may be free from their respective Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations.

 

(e)           No payment made by the Borrower, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person or received or collected by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor from the Borrower, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any set-off or appropriation or application at any time or from time to time in reduction of or in payment of the Borrower Obligations or the Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of the Borrower or any Guarantor under this Section 2 which shall, notwithstanding any such payment (other than any payment made by the Borrower or such Guarantor in respect of the Borrower Obligations or the Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations or any payment received or collected from the Borrower or such Guarantor in respect of the Borrower Obligations or the Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations, respectively), remain liable for the Borrower Obligations and the Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations up to the maximum liability of the Borrower or such Guarantor hereunder until the Borrower Obligations and the Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations

 

7



 

are fully and finally paid in cash, no Letter of Credit shall be outstanding and the Commitments are terminated.

 

2.2           Right of Contribution .

 

(a)           Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder or the Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Guarantor hereunder which has not paid its proportionate share of such payment.

 

(b)           The Borrower and each Guarantor agrees that to the extent that the Borrower or any Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder in respect of any Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligation of any other Guarantor, the Borrower or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against the Borrower and any other Guarantor which has not paid its proportionate share of such payment.

 

(c)           The Borrower’s and each Guarantor’s right of contribution under this Section 2.2 shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 2.3.  The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of the Borrower or any Guarantor to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Creditor, and the Borrower and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Creditor for the full amount guaranteed by the Borrower or such Guarantor hereunder.

 

2.3           Subrogation .  Notwithstanding any payment made by the Borrower or any Guarantor hereunder or any set- off or application of funds of the Borrower or any Guarantor by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor, neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor against the Borrower or any other Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor for the payment of the Borrower Obligations or the Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations, nor shall the Borrower or any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Borrower or any other Guarantor in respect of payments made by the Borrower or such Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Creditors by the Borrower on account of the Borrower Obligations are fully and finally paid in cash, no Letter of Credit shall be outstanding (unless cash collateralized on terms acceptable to the L/C Issuer or such Letter of Credit becomes a Supported Letter of Credit) and the Commitments are terminated.  If any amount shall be paid to the Borrower or any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Borrower Obligations shall not have been fully and finally paid in cash, such amount shall be held by the Borrower or such Guarantor in trust for the Administrative Agent and the Secured Creditors, segregated from other funds of the Borrower or such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by the Borrower or such Guarantor, be turned over to the Administrative Agent in the exact form received by the Borrower or such Guarantor (duly indorsed by the Borrower or such Guarantor to the Administrative Agent, if required), to be applied against the Borrower Obligations or the Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in such order as the Administrative Agent may determine.

 

2.4           Amendments, etc. with respect to the Borrower Obligations .  The Borrower and each Guarantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against the Borrower or any Guarantor and without notice to or further assent by the Borrower or any Guarantor, any demand for payment of any of the Borrower Obligations or Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations made by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor may be rescinded by the Administrative Agent or such Secured Creditor and any of the Borrower Obligations or Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations continued, and the Borrower Obligations or Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations, or the liability of any other Person upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor

 

8



 

or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor (with the consent of such of the Borrower and the Guarantors as shall be required thereunder), and the Specified Agreements, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as the Administrative Agent (or the Required Lenders or all Lenders, as the case may be) may (with the consent of such of the Borrower and the Guarantors as shall be required thereunder) deem advisable from time to time, and any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor for the payment of the Borrower Obligations or Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations may (with the consent of such of the Borrower and the Guarantor as shall be required thereunder) be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released.  Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Secured Creditor shall, except to the extent set forth in, and for the benefit of the parties to, the agreements and instruments governing such Lien or guarantee, have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Borrower Obligations or Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations or for the guarantees contained in this Section 2 or any property subject thereto.

 

2.5           Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional .

 

(a)           Each Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or accrual of any of the Borrower Obligations (other than any notice with respect to any Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligation with respect to which such Guarantor is a primary obligor and to which it is entitled pursuant to the applicable Specified Agreement) and notice of or proof of reliance by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor upon the guarantee contained in this Section 2 or acceptance of the guarantee contained in this Section 2; the Borrower Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended or waived, in reliance upon the guarantee contained in this Section 2; and all dealings between the Borrower and any of the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the Secured Creditors, on the other hand, likewise shall be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon the guarantee contained in this Section 2.  Each Guarantor waives diligence, presentment, protest, demand for payment and notice of default or nonpayment to or upon the Borrower or any of the Guarantors with respect to the Borrower Obligations (other than any diligence, presentment, protest, demand or notice with respect to any Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligation with respect to which such Guarantor is a primary obligor and to which it is entitled pursuant to the applicable Specified Agreement).  Each Guarantor understands and agrees that the guarantee of such Guarantor contained in this Section 2 shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to (a) the validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, any of the Borrower Obligations or any collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor, (b) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance) which may at any time be available to or be asserted by the Borrower or any other Person against the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor, or (c) any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of the Borrower or such Guarantor) which constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of the Borrower for the Borrower Obligations, or of such Guarantor under the guarantee of such Guarantor contained in this Section 2, in bankruptcy or in any other instance.  When making any demand hereunder or otherwise pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against any Guarantor, the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on or otherwise pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against the Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person or against any collateral security or guarantee for the Borrower Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor to make any such demand, to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from the Borrower, any other Guarantor or any

 

9



 

other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security or guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of the Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person or any such collateral security, guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve any Guarantor of any obligation or liability under this Section 2, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor against any Guarantor.  For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

 

(b)           The Borrower waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or accrual of any of the Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor upon the guarantee by the Borrower contained in this Section 2 or acceptance of the guarantee by the Borrower contained in this Section 2; the Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended or waived, in reliance upon the guarantee by the Borrower contained in this Section 2; and all dealings between the Borrower and any of the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the Secured Creditors, on the other hand, with respect to any Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligation likewise shall be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon the guarantee by the Borrower contained in this Section 2.  The Borrower waives diligence, presentment, protest, demand for payment and notice of default or nonpayment to or upon the Borrower with respect to the Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations.  The Borrower understands and agrees that the guarantee by the Borrower contained in this Section 2 shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to (a) the validity or enforceability of the Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations or any other collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor, (b) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance) which may at any time be available to or be asserted by any Person against the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor, or (c) any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of the Borrower or any Guarantor) which constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of the applicable Guarantor for the applicable Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations, or of the Borrower under its guarantee contained in this Section 2, in bankruptcy or in any other instance.  When making any demand under this Section 2 or otherwise pursuing its rights and remedies under this Section 2 against the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on or otherwise pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against any Guarantor or any other Person or against any collateral security or guarantee for the Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor to make any such demand, to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from any Guarantor or any other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security or guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of any Guarantor or any other Person or any such collateral security, guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve the Borrower of any obligation or liability under this Section 2, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor against the Borrower under this Section 2.  For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

 

2.6           Reinstatement .  The guarantee contained in this Section 2 shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Borrower Obligations or Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

 

10



 

2.7           Payments .  The Borrower and each Guarantor hereby guarantees that payments by it hereunder will be paid to the Administrative Agent without set-off or counterclaim (i) in the case of obligations in respect of Borrower Obligations arising under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document in Dollars at the Agent’s Payment Office specified in the Credit Agreement and (ii) in the case of obligations in respect of any Borrower Hedge Agreement Obligations or any Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations, in the currency and at the place specified in the applicable Specified Agreement.

 

SECTION 3.  GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

 

Each Grantor hereby assigns and transfers to the Administrative Agent, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Creditors, a security interest in, all of the following property now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, but excluding the Excluded Assets, the “ Collateral ”), as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of such Grantor’s Obligations:

 

(a)           all Accounts;

 

(b)           all Chattel Paper;

 

(c)           all Deposit Accounts;

 

(d)           all Documents;

 

(e)           all Equipment;

 

(f)            all General Intangibles;

 

(g)           all Instruments;

 

(h)           all Intellectual Property;

 

(i)            all Inventory;

 

(j)            all Investment Property;

 

(k)           all Letter-of-Credit Rights;

 

(l)            all Commercial Tort Claims to the extent they have been notified to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.11;

 

(m)          all Goods and other property not otherwise described above;

 

(n)           all books and records pertaining to the Collateral; and

 

(o)           to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing, all Supporting Obligations in respect of any of the foregoing and all collateral security and guarantees given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing; provided that the Collateral shall not include any Excluded Assets.

 

11



 

SECTION 4.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

To induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrower thereunder, each Grantor hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Lender that:

 

4.1           Representations in Credit Agreement .  In the case of each Guarantor, the representations and warranties set forth in Article VI of the Credit Agreement as they relate to such Guarantor or to the Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party, each of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference, are true and correct, and the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be entitled to rely on each of them as if they were made by such Guarantor and fully set forth herein, provided that each reference in each such representation and warranty to the Borrower’s knowledge shall, for the purposes of this Section 4.1, be deemed to be a reference to such Guarantor’s knowledge.

 

4.2           Title; No Other Liens .  Except for the security interest granted to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Creditors pursuant to this Agreement and the other Liens permitted to exist on the Collateral by the Credit Agreement, such Grantor owns each item of the Collateral free and clear of any and all Liens.  On the date hereof, no financing statement or other public notice with respect to all or any part of the Collateral is on file or of record in any public office, except such as have been filed in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Creditors, pursuant to this Agreement or as are permitted by the Credit Agreement.  For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that any Grantor may, as part of its business, grant licenses to third parties to use Intellectual Property owned or developed by a Grantor.  For purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, such licensing activity shall not constitute a “Lien” on Intellectual Property.

 

4.3           Perfected First Priority Liens .  Except for Deposit Accounts and for securities accounts, assets credited thereto and security entitlements in respect thereof, in each case as to which Section 5.5 hereof does not require the delivery of a control agreement, the security interests granted pursuant to this Agreement (a) upon completion of the filings and other actions specified on Schedule 3 (which, in the case of all filings and other documents referred to on said Schedule and required to be delivered hereunder, have been delivered to the Administrative Agent in completed and duly executed form) will constitute valid perfected security interests in all of the Collateral for which a lien can be perfected by the filing of a financing statement or by possession, control or filings with the USPTO or the United States Copyright Office in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral security for such Grantor’s Obligations, enforceable in accordance with the terms hereof against all creditors of such Grantor and any Persons purporting to purchase any Collateral from such Grantor and except buyers in the ordinary course that take free of liens pursuant to the UCC and (b) are prior to all other Liens on the Collateral in existence on the date hereof except for Liens permitted by the Credit Agreement.

 

4.4           Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office .  On the date hereof, such Grantor’s correct legal name, jurisdiction of organization, organizational identification number (if any) from its jurisdiction of organization, and the location of such Grantor’s chief executive office or sole place of business, as the case may be, are specified on Schedule 4 .  On the date hereof, such Grantor has furnished to the Administrative Agent a certified charter, certificate of incorporation or other organization document and good standing certificate as of a date which is recent to the date hereof.

 

4.5           [Reserved] .

 

4.6           Farm Products .  None of the Collateral constitutes, or is the Proceeds of, Farm Products.

 

12



 

4.7           Investment Property .

 

(a)           The shares of Pledged Stock pledged by such Grantor hereunder constitute all the issued and outstanding shares of all classes of the Capital Stock of each Issuer owned by such Grantor (other than any shares that constitute Excluded Assets) or, in the case of Foreign Subsidiary Voting Stock, if less, 66% of the outstanding Foreign Subsidiary Voting Stock of each relevant Issuer.

 

(b)           All the shares of the Pledged Stock have been duly and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable.

 

(c)           Each of the Pledged Notes issued by any Loan Party and to such Grantor’s knowledge, each of the Pledged Notes issued by any other Person, constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the obligor with respect thereto, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

 

(d)           Such Grantor is the record and beneficial owner of, and has good and marketable title to, the Investment Property pledged by it hereunder, free of any and all Liens or options in favor of, any other Person, except the security interest created by this Agreement and Liens permitted by the Credit Agreement.

 

4.8           Receivables .

 

(a)           No amount payable to such Grantor under or in connection with any Receivable is evidenced by any Instrument or Chattel Paper which has not been (or will be) delivered to the Administrative Agent to the extent required by Section 5.2.

 

(b)           Excluding obligors with respect to Medicare and Medicaid Receivables, none of the obligors on any Receivable is a Governmental Authority, except for Receivables constituting not more than 5% of the face amount of all Receivables.

 

(c)           The amounts represented by such Grantor to the Secured Creditors from time to time as owing to such Grantor in respect of the Receivables will at such times be accurate in all material respects.

 

4.9           Intellectual Property .

 

(a)           Schedule 7 lists the registered Intellectual Property (other than trade secrets) owned by such Grantor in its own name on the date hereof that is registered or applied for with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office.

 

(b)           On the date hereof, all material Intellectual Property of such Grantor described on Schedule 7 is in compliance in all material respects with applicable legal requirements (including payment of maintenance fees and the like) and, to the best of such Grantor’s knowledge, all such rights are valid, subsisting, and enforceable, except in each case to the extent the failure to be in such compliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)           On the date hereof, to the best of such Grantor’s knowledge, the conduct by such Grantor of its business does not infringe upon, misappropriate, constitute an unauthorized use of or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property rights of any other Person except to the extent such violation would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as set forth in Schedule 8 , no claim or demand of any Person has

 

13



 

been made in writing, nor is there any proceeding that is pending or to the knowledge of such Grantor threatened in writing, which (in any such case) (i) challenges the rights of such Grantor in respect of any Intellectual Property or (ii) asserts that such Grantor is infringing upon, misappropriating, making an unauthorized use of or otherwise violating or in conflict with, or is required to pay any royalty, license fee, charge or other amount with regard to, any Intellectual Property, except with respect to clause (i) or (ii) as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d)           Except as set forth in Schedule 7 , on the date hereof, none of the Intellectual Property is the subject of any licensing or franchise agreement pursuant to which such Grantor is the licensor or franchisor.

 

(e)           None of the Intellectual Property described in Schedule 8 is subject to any outstanding order, ruling, decree, judgment or stipulation which would limit, cancel or call into question the validity of, or such Grantor’s rights in, the Intellectual Property in any respect that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(f)            Except as set forth in Schedule 8 , no action or proceeding is pending, or, to the knowledge of such Grantor, threatened, on the date hereof (i) seeking to limit, cancel or question the validity of any material Intellectual Property or such Grantor’s ownership interest therein, or (ii) which is reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the value of any Intellectual Property.

 

SECTION 5.  COVENANTS

 

Each Grantor covenants and agrees with the Administrative Agent and the Secured Creditors that, from and after the date of this Agreement until the Obligations (other than any contingent indemnification or similar obligation not yet due and payable, and any Obligation owing under any Rate Swap Document or Cash Management Agreement) shall have been paid in full, no Letter of Credit shall be outstanding (unless cash collateralized on terms acceptable to the L/C Issuer or such Letter of Credit becomes a Supported Letter of Credit) and the Commitments shall have terminated:

 

5.1           Covenants in Credit Agreement .  In the case of each Guarantor, such Guarantor shall take, or shall refrain from taking, as the case may be, each action that is necessary to be taken or not taken by it, as the case may be, so that no Default or Event of Default is caused by the failure to take such action or to refrain from taking such action by such Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

5.2           Delivery of Instruments and Chattel Paper .  If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral shall be or become evidenced by any Instrument, Certificated Security or Chattel Paper, such Instrument, Certificated Security or Chattel Paper shall be immediately delivered to the Administrative Agent, duly indorsed in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, to be held as Collateral pursuant to this Agreement; provided , that the Grantors shall not be obligated to deliver to the Administrative Agent any Instruments or Chattel Paper held by any Grantor at any time to the extent that the aggregate face amount of all such Instruments and Chattel Paper held by such Grantor at such time does not exceed $2,000,000.

 

5.3           Maintenance of Insurance .

 

(a)           Except to the extent the failure to so maintain could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Grantor shall maintain, and shall cause each Subsidiary to maintain, with financially sound and reputable independent insurers, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by

 

14



 

such other Persons; provided that self insurance of risks and in amounts customary in the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ industry shall be permitted; provided , further , that all such insurance shall (i) provide for not less than 30 days’ prior notice to the Administrative Agent of termination, lapse or cancellation of such insurance, (ii) name the Administrative Agent as additional insured on behalf of the Secured Creditors (in the case of liability insurance) or loss payee (in the case of property insurance), as applicable and (iii) be reasonably satisfactory in all other respects to the Administrative Agent.

 

(b)           Upon the Administrative Agent’s request, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a report of a reputable insurance broker with respect to such insurance and such supplemental reports with respect thereto as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

 

5.4           Payment of Obligations .  Such Grantor will pay and discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon the Collateral unless the same is being contested in good faith by appropriate action and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of such Grantor.

 

5.5           Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation .

 

(a)           Such Grantor shall maintain the security interest created by this Agreement as a perfected security interest having at least the priority described in Section 4.3 and shall defend such security interest against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever (other than those holding Liens permitted by the Credit Agreement).

 

(b)           In addition to the obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, such Grantor will furnish to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and describing the assets and property of such Grantor and such other reports in connection with the Collateral as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail.

 

(c)           To each Grantor’s knowledge, each of such Grantor’s Deposit Accounts existing on the date hereof is set forth on Schedule 9 and such Grantor will on the Closing Date execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent Deposit Account control agreements in favor of the Administrative Agent with respect to each such Deposit Account (other than the Excluded Accounts) in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(d)           Such Grantor will execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent from time to time, promptly (and in any event within 45 days) after opening any new Deposit Account (other than an Excluded Account), a Deposit Account control agreement in favor of the Administrative Agent with respect to such new Deposit Account (other than an Excluded Account) in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(e)           At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of the Administrative Agent, and at the sole expense of such Grantor, such Grantor will promptly and duly execute and deliver, and have recorded, such further instruments and documents and take such further actions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request for the purpose of obtaining or preserving the full benefits of this Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted, including (i) the filing of any financing or continuation statements under the Uniform Commercial Code (or other similar laws) in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the security interests created hereby and (ii) in the case of Investment Property, Deposit Accounts and Letter-of-Credit Rights, taking, to the extent required by the Credit Agreement or herein,

 

15


 

any actions necessary to enable the Administrative Agent to obtain “control” (within the meaning of the applicable Uniform Commercial Code) with respect thereto.

 

5.6           Changes in Name, etc .  Such Grantor will not, except upon 15 days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and delivery to the Administrative Agent of all additional executed financing statements and other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to maintain the validity, perfection and priority of the security interests provided for herein:

 

(a)           change its jurisdiction of organization or the location of its chief executive office or sole place of business from that referred to in Section 4.4; or

 

(b)           change its name.

 

5.7           Notices .  Such Grantor will advise the Administrative Agent and the Lenders promptly, in reasonable detail, of:

 

(a)           any Lien (other than security interests created hereby or Liens permitted under the Credit Agreement) on any of the Collateral which would adversely affect the ability of the Administrative Agent to exercise any of its remedies hereunder; and

 

(b)           the occurrence of any other event which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the aggregate value of the Collateral or on the security interests created hereby.

 

5.8           Investment Property .

 

(a)           If such Grantor shall become entitled to receive or shall receive any certificate (including any certificate representing a dividend or a distribution in connection with any reclassification, increase or reduction of capital or any certificate issued in connection with any reorganization), option or rights in respect of the Capital Stock of any Issuer pledged hereunder, whether in addition to, in substitution of, as a conversion of, or in exchange for, any shares of the Pledged Stock, or otherwise in respect thereof, such Grantor shall accept the same as the agent of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Creditors, hold the same in trust for the Administrative Agent and the Secured Creditors and deliver the same forthwith to the Administrative Agent in the exact form received, duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent, if required, together with an undated stock power covering such certificate duly executed in blank by such Grantor and with, if the Administrative Agent so requests, signature guaranteed, to be held by the Administrative Agent, subject to the terms hereof, as additional collateral security for the Obligations.  Any sums paid upon or in respect of Investment Property pledged hereunder upon the liquidation or dissolution of any Issuer other than a Grantor shall be paid over to the Administrative Agent to be held by it hereunder as additional collateral security for the Obligations, and in case any distribution of capital shall be made on or in respect of Investment Property, or any property shall be distributed upon or with respect to the Investment Property not issued by a Grantor pursuant to the recapitalization or reclassification of the capital of such Issuer or pursuant to the reorganization thereof, the property so distributed shall, unless otherwise subject to a perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent, be delivered to the Administrative Agent to be held by it hereunder as additional collateral security for the Obligations.  If any sums of money or property so paid or distributed in respect of Investment Property pledged hereunder shall be received by such Grantor, such Grantor shall, until such money or property is paid or delivered to the Administrative Agent, hold such money or property in trust for the Secured Creditors, segregated from other funds of such Grantor, as additional collateral security for the Obligations.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Grantors shall not be required to pay over to the Administrative Agent or deliver to the Administrative Agent as Collateral any proceeds of any liquidation or dissolution of any Issuer, or any

 

16



 

distribution of capital or property in respect of any Investment Property, to the extent that (i) such liquidation, dissolution or distribution, if treated as a Disposition of the relevant Issuer or of such Investment Property, would be permitted by the Credit Agreement and (ii) the proceeds thereof are applied toward prepayment of Loans and reduction of Commitments to the extent required by the Credit Agreement.  For the avoidance of doubt, nothing under this Section 5.8(a) shall apply to any Excluded Assets.

 

(b)           Without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, such Grantor will not with respect to any Investment Property constituting Collateral (i) vote to enable, or take any other action to permit, any Issuer to issue any stock or other equity securities of any nature or to issue any other securities convertible into or granting the right to purchase or exchange for any stock or other equity securities of any nature of any Issuer, unless such securities are delivered to the Administrative Agent, concurrently with the issuance thereof, to be held by the Administrative Agent as Collateral, (ii) sell, assign, transfer, exchange, or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, the Investment Property or Proceeds thereof (except pursuant to a transaction permitted (or not prohibited) by the Credit Agreement), (iii) create, incur or permit to exist any Lien with respect to, any of the Investment Property or Proceeds thereof, or any interest therein, except for Permitted Liens or (iv) enter into any agreement or undertaking restricting the right or ability of such Grantor or the Administrative Agent to sell, assign or transfer any of the Pledged Securities or Proceeds thereof other than in connection with a transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement.

 

(c)           In the case of each Grantor which is an Issuer with respect to any Investment Property constituting Collateral, such Issuer agrees that (i) it will be bound by the terms of this Agreement relating to the Pledged Securities issued by it and will comply with such terms insofar as such terms are applicable to it, (ii) it will notify the Administrative Agent promptly in writing of the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 5.8(a) with respect to the Pledged Securities issued by it and (iii) the terms of Sections 6.3(c) and 6.7 shall apply to it, mutatis mutandis , with respect to all actions that may be required of it pursuant to Section 6.3(c) or 6.7 with respect to the Pledged Securities issued by it.

 

(d)           Each Issuer with respect to any Investment Property constituting Collateral that is a partnership or a limited liability company (i) confirms that none of the terms of any equity interest issued by it provides that such equity interest is a “security” within the meaning of Sections 8-102 and 8-103 of the New York UCC (a “ Security ”), (ii) agrees that it will take no action to cause or permit any such equity interest to become a Security, (iii) agrees that it will not issue any certificate representing any such equity interest and (iv) agrees that if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such equity interest shall be or become a Security, such Issuer will (and the Grantor that holds such equity interest hereby instructs such Issuer to) comply with instructions originated by the Administrative Agent with respect to such equity interests (or with respect to any additions thereto or replacements or proceeds thereof whether now existing or hereafter acquired) during the continuance of an Event of Default, without further consent by such Grantor.

 

5.9           Receivables .

 

(a)           Other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with its past practice, or otherwise in its best business judgment, such Grantor will not (i) grant any extension of the time of payment of any Receivable, (ii) compromise or settle any Receivable for less than the full amount thereof, (iii) release, wholly or partially, any Person liable for the payment of any Receivable, (iv) allow any credit or discount whatsoever on any Receivable or (v) amend, supplement or modify any Receivable in any manner that could adversely affect the value thereof.

 

(b)           Such Grantor will deliver to the Administrative Agent a copy of each material demand, notice or document received by it that questions or calls into doubt the validity or enforceability of more

 

17



 

than 5% of the aggregate amount of the then outstanding Receivables (excluding Medicare and Medicaid Receivables).

 

5.10         Intellectual Property .

 

(a)           Such Grantor (either itself or through licensees) will (i) continue to use each material Trademark owned by it in each international class for the goods and/or services set forth in its applications or registrations to maintain such Trademark in full force, free from any claim of abandonment for non-use, (ii) maintain the past quality of products and services offered under such Trademark, (iii) use such Trademark with the appropriate notice of registration and all other notices and legends required by applicable Requirements of Law, (iv) not adopt or use any mark which is confusingly similar or a colorable imitation of such Trademark unless the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Creditors, shall obtain a perfected security interest in such mark pursuant to this Agreement, and (v) not (and not authorize any licensee or sublicensee thereof to) knowingly do any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby such Trademark may become invalidated or impaired in any way; unless, in each case, such Grantor, in the exercise of its best business judgment, deems it not commercially reasonable to do so under the circumstances.

 

(b)           Such Grantor (either itself or through licensees) will not knowingly do any act, or knowingly omit to do any act, whereby any material Patent may become forfeited, abandoned or dedicated to the public; unless such Grantor, in the exercise of its best business judgment, deems it commercially reasonable to do so under the circumstances.

 

(c)           Such Grantor (either itself or through licensees) (i) will not (and will not permit any licensee or sublicensee thereof to) knowingly do any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any material portion of the Copyrights may become invalidated or otherwise impaired and (ii) will not knowingly do any act whereby any material portion of the Copyrights may fall into the public domain unless, in each case, such Grantor, in the exercise of its best business judgment, deems it commercially reasonable to do so under the circumstances.

 

(d)           Such Grantor (either itself or through licensees) will not do any act that knowingly uses any material Intellectual Property to infringe the intellectual property rights of any other Person.

 

(e)           Such Grantor will promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in writing if it knows that any application or registration relating to any material Intellectual Property owned by it may become forfeited, abandoned or dedicated to the public, or of any adverse determination or development (including the institution of, or any such determination or development in, any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or any court or tribunal in any country) regarding such Grantor’s ownership of, or the validity of, any material Intellectual Property owned by it or such Grantor’s right to register the same or to own and maintain the same.

 

(f)            Whenever such Grantor, either by itself or through any agent, employee, licensee or designee, shall file an application for the registration of any Intellectual Property with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or any similar office or agency in any other country or any political subdivision thereof, such Grantor shall report such filing to the Administrative Agent within 30 Business Days after the last day of the fiscal quarter in which such filing occurs.  Upon request of the Administrative Agent, such Grantor shall execute, deliver and authorize the recording of any and all agreements, instruments, documents, and papers as the Administrative Agent may request to evidence the Administrative Agent’s and the Secured Creditors’ security interest in any Copyright, Patent or Trademark and the goodwill and general intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby.

 

18



 

(g)           Such Grantor will, at its own expense, take all steps which such Grantor shall reasonably deem appropriate under the circumstances, which may include any proceeding before the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or any similar office or agency in any other country or any political subdivision thereof, to maintain and pursue each application relating to any material Intellectual Property (and to obtain the relevant registration) and to maintain each registration of the material Intellectual Property, including filing of applications for renewal, affidavits of use and affidavits of incontestability.

 

(h)           In the event that any other Person infringes upon, misappropriates, makes an unauthorized use of or otherwise violates any material Intellectual Property, such Grantor shall (i) take such actions as such Grantor shall reasonably deem appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Intellectual Property and (ii) if such Intellectual Property is of material economic value, promptly notify the Administrative Agent after it learns thereof.

 

(i)            Such Grantor shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and suitable for filing in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, (i) a patent security agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex III for all Patents owned by such Grantor and (ii) a trademark security agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex IV for all Trademarks owned by such Grantor.

 

5.11         Commercial Tort Claims .  If any Grantor shall at any time commence a suit, action or proceeding with respect to any Commercial Tort Claim held by it with a value which such Grantor reasonably believes to be of $1,000,000 or more, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof in a writing signed by such Grantor and describing the details thereof and shall grant to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Creditors in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

SECTION 6.  REMEDIAL PROVISIONS

 

6.1           Certain Matters Relating to Receivables .

 

(a)           The Administrative Agent shall have the right, at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to make test verifications of the Receivables in any manner and through any medium that it reasonably considers advisable, and each Grantor shall furnish all such assistance and information as the Administrative Agent may require in connection with such test verifications.  At any time and from time to time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon the Administrative Agent’s request and at the expense of the relevant Grantor, such Grantor shall cause independent public accountants or others satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to furnish to the Administrative Agent reports showing reconciliations, aging and test verifications of, and trial balances for, the Receivables.

 

(b)           The Administrative Agent hereby authorizes each Grantor to collect such Grantor’s Receivables, subject to the Administrative Agent’s direction and control (to the extent permitted by applicable law) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) the Administrative Agent may curtail or terminate said authority at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default; provided that Medicare and Medicaid Receivables shall be in the sole dominion and control of the Grantor.  If required by the Administrative Agent (to the extent permitted by applicable law and governmental regulation) at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any payments of Receivables, when collected by any Grantor, (i) shall be forthwith (and, in any event, within two Business Days) deposited by such Grantor

 

19



 

in the exact form received, duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent if required, in a Collateral Account maintained under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent, subject to withdrawal by the Administrative Agent for the account of the Secured Creditors only as provided in Section 6.5, and (ii) until so turned over, shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Administrative Agent and the Secured Creditors, segregated from other funds of such Grantor.  Each such deposit of Proceeds of Receivables shall be accompanied by a report identifying in reasonable detail the nature and source of the payments included in the deposit.

 

(c)           At the Administrative Agent’s request (to the extent permitted by applicable law), at any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall deliver to the Administrative Agent all original and other documents evidencing, and relating to, the agreements and transactions which gave rise to the Receivables, including all original orders, invoices and shipping receipts.

 

(d)           At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor will cooperate with the Administrative Agent to establish a system of lockbox accounts, under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent (to the extent permitted by applicable law), into which all Receivables shall be paid and from which all collected funds will be transferred to a Collateral Account.

 

6.2           Communications with Obligors; Grantors Remain Liable .

 

(a)           The Administrative Agent in its own name or in the name of others may at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default communicate with obligors under the Receivables to verify with them to the Administrative Agent’s satisfaction the existence, amount and terms of any Receivables.

 

(b)           Upon the request of the Administrative Agent (to the extent permitted by applicable law) at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall notify obligors on the Receivables that the Receivables have been assigned to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Creditors and that payments in respect thereof shall be made directly to the Administrative Agent.

 

(c)           Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each Grantor shall remain liable under each of the Receivables (or any agreement giving rise thereto) to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder, all in accordance with the terms of any agreement giving rise thereto.  Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Secured Creditor shall have any obligation or liability under any Receivable (or any agreement giving rise thereto) by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or the receipt by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor of any payment relating thereto, nor shall the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor be obligated in any manner to perform any of the obligations of any Grantor under or pursuant to any Receivable (or any agreement giving rise thereto), to make any payment, to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or as to the sufficiency of any performance by any party thereunder, to present or file any claim, to take any action to enforce any performance or to collect the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times.

 

6.3           Pledged Stock .

 

(a)           Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have given notice to the relevant Grantor of the Administrative Agent’s intent to exercise its corresponding rights pursuant to Section 6.3(b), each Grantor shall be permitted to receive all cash dividends

 

20



 

paid in respect of the Pledged Stock and all payments made in respect of the Pledged Notes, in each case paid in the normal course of business of the relevant Issuer, to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement, and to exercise all voting and corporate rights with respect to the Pledged Securities; provided , however , that no vote shall be cast or corporate right exercised or other action taken which, in the Administrative Agent’s reasonable judgment, would impair the Collateral or which would be inconsistent with or result in any violation of any provision of the Credit Agreement, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

(b)           If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall give notice of its intent to exercise such rights to the relevant Grantor or Grantors, (i) the Administrative Agent shall have the right to receive any and all cash dividends, payments or other Proceeds paid in respect of the Pledged Securities constituting Collateral and make application thereof to the Obligations in the order set forth in Section 6.5, and (ii) any or all of the Pledged Securities constituting Collateral shall be registered in the name of the Administrative Agent or its nominee, and the Administrative Agent or its nominee may thereafter exercise (x) all voting, corporate and other rights pertaining to such Pledged Securities at any meeting of shareholders of the relevant Issuer or Issuers or otherwise and (y) any and all rights of conversion, exchange and subscription and any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to such Pledged Securities as if it were the absolute owner thereof (including the right to exchange at its discretion any and all of the Pledged Securities upon the merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other fundamental change in the corporate structure of any Issuer, or upon the exercise by any Grantor or the Administrative Agent of any right, privilege or option pertaining to such Pledged Securities, and in connection therewith, the right to deposit and deliver any and all of the Pledged Securities with any committee, depositary, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms and conditions as the Administrative Agent may determine), all without liability except to account for property actually received by it, but the Administrative Agent shall have no duty to any Grantor to exercise any such right, privilege or option and shall not be responsible for any failure to do so or delay in so doing.

 

(c)           Each Grantor hereby authorizes and instructs each Issuer of any Pledged Securities pledged by such Grantor hereunder to (i) comply with any instruction received by it from the Administrative Agent in writing that (x) states that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (y) is otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without any other or further instructions from such Grantor, and each Grantor agrees that each Issuer shall be fully protected in so complying, and (ii) unless otherwise expressly permitted hereby, pay any dividends or other payments with respect to the Pledged Securities directly to the Administrative Agent.

 

6.4           Proceeds to be Turned Over To Administrative Agent .  In addition to the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Creditors specified in Section 6.1 with respect to payments of Receivables, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, all Proceeds received by any Grantor consisting of cash, checks and Instruments shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Administrative Agent and the Secured Creditors, segregated from other funds of such Grantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Grantor, be turned over to the Administrative Agent in the exact form received by such Grantor (duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent, if required).  All Proceeds received by the Administrative Agent hereunder shall be held by the Administrative Agent in a Collateral Account maintained under its sole dominion and control.  All Proceeds while held by the Administrative Agent in a Collateral Account (or by such Grantor in trust for the Administrative Agent and the Secured Creditors) shall continue to be held as collateral security for all the Obligations and shall not constitute payment thereof until applied as provided in Section 6.5.

 

6.5           Application of Proceeds .  At such intervals as may be agreed upon by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, or, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, at any time at the Administrative Agent’s election, the Administrative Agent may apply all or any part of Proceeds constituting

 

21



 

Collateral, whether or not held in any Collateral Account, and any proceeds of the guarantee set forth in Section 2, in payment of the Obligations in the following order:

 

First , to pay incurred and unpaid fees and expenses of the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents;

 

Second , to the Administrative Agent, for application by it towards payment of amounts then due and owing and remaining unpaid in respect of the Obligations, pro rata among the Secured Creditors according to the amounts of the Obligations then due and owing and remaining unpaid to the Secured Creditors;

 

Third , to the Administrative Agent, for application by it towards prepayment of the Obligations, pro rata among the Secured Creditors according to the amounts of the Obligations then held by the Secured Creditors; and

 

Fourth , any balance of such Proceeds remaining after the Obligations shall have been paid in full, no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding and the Commitments shall have terminated shall be paid over to the Borrower or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same.

 

6.6           Code and Other Remedies .  If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Creditors, may exercise, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to them in this Agreement and in any other instrument or agreement securing, evidencing or relating to the Obligations, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the New York UCC or any other applicable law.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent, without demand of performance or other demand, presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any notice required by law referred to below) to or upon any Grantor or any other Person (all and each of which demands, defenses, advertisements and notices are hereby waived), may in such circumstances forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral, or any part thereof, and/or may forthwith sell, lease, assign, give option or options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of and deliver the Collateral or any part thereof (or contract to do any of the foregoing), in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker’s board or office of the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor or elsewhere, subject to applicable law, upon such terms and conditions as it may deem advisable and at such prices as it may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk.  The Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption in any Grantor, which right or equity is hereby waived and released.  Each Grantor further agrees, at the Administrative Agent’s request, to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Administrative Agent at places which the Administrative Agent shall reasonably select, whether at such Grantor’s premises or elsewhere.  The Administrative Agent shall apply the net proceeds of any action taken by it pursuant to this Section 6.6 with respect to any Grantor’s Collateral, after deducting all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind incurred in connection therewith or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any of the Collateral of such Grantor or in any way relating to the Collateral of such Grantor or the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Creditors hereunder with respect thereto, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, to the payment in whole or in part of the Obligations of such Grantor, in the order specified in Section 6.5, and only after such application and after the payment by the Administrative Agent of any other amount required by any provision of law, including Section 9- 615(a)(3) of the New York UCC, need the Administrative Agent account for the surplus, if any, to any Grantor.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Grantor waives all claims, damages and demands it may acquire against the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor arising out of the exercise by them of any rights

 

22



 

hereunder.  If any notice of a proposed sale or other disposition of Collateral shall be required by law, such notice shall be deemed reasonable and proper if given at least 10 days before such sale or other disposition.

 

6.7           Sale of Pledged Stock .

 

(a)           Each Grantor recognizes that the Administrative Agent may be unable to effect a public sale of any or all the Pledged Stock, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or otherwise, and may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales thereof to a restricted group of purchasers which will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof.  Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such private sale may result in prices and other terms less favorable than if such sale were a public sale and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner.  The Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to delay a sale of any of the Pledged Stock for the period of time necessary to permit the Issuer thereof to register such securities for public sale under the Securities Act, or under applicable state securities laws, even if such Issuer would agree to do so.

 

(b)           Each Grantor agrees to use its best efforts to do or cause to be done all such other acts as may be necessary to make such sale or sales of all or any portion of the Pledged Stock pursuant to this Section 6.7 valid and binding and in compliance with any and all other applicable Requirements of Law.  Each Grantor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section 6.7 will cause irreparable injury to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Creditors, that the Administrative Agent and the Secured Creditors have no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and every covenant contained in this Section 6.7 shall be specifically enforceable against such Grantor, and such Grantor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of such covenants except for a defense that no Event of Default has occurred under the Credit Agreement.

 

6.8           Deficiency .  Each Grantor shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay its Obligations and the reasonable fees and disbursements of any attorneys employed by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor to collect such deficiency.

 

SECTION 7.  THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

 

7.1           Administrative Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc .

 

(a)           Each Grantor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or in its own name, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Agreement, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby gives the Administrative Agent the power and right, on behalf of such Grantor, without notice to or assent by such Grantor, to do any or all of the following:

 

(i)      in the name of such Grantor or its own name, or otherwise, take possession of and indorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due under any Receivable or with respect to any other Collateral and file any claim or take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed

 

23



 

appropriate by the Administrative Agent for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due under any Receivable or with respect to any other Collateral whenever payable (to the extent permitted by applicable law);

 

(ii)     in the case of any Intellectual Property, execute and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents and papers as the Administrative Agent may request to evidence the Administrative Agent’s and the Secured Creditors’ security interest in such Intellectual Property and the goodwill and general intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby;

 

(iii)    pay or discharge taxes and Liens levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral, effect any repairs or any insurance called for by the terms of this Agreement and pay all or any part of the premiums therefor and the costs thereof;

 

(iv)    execute, in connection with any sale provided for in Section 6.6 or 6.7, any indorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral;

 

(v)     (1) direct any party liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to the Administrative Agent or as the Administrative Agent shall direct (to the extent permitted by applicable law); (2) ask or demand for, collect, and receive payment of and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral (to the extent permitted by applicable law); (3) sign and indorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in connection with any of the Collateral; (4) commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any portion thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral; (5) defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against such Grantor with respect to any Collateral; (6) settle, compromise or adjust any such suit, action or proceeding and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as the Administrative Agent may deem appropriate; (7) assign any Copyright, Patent or Trademark (along with the goodwill of the business to which any such Copyright, Patent or Trademark pertains), throughout the world for such term or terms, on such conditions, and in such manner, as the Administrative Agent shall in its sole discretion determine; and (8) generally, sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and do, at the Administrative Agent’s option and such Grantor’s expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things which the Administrative Agent deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Administrative Agent’s and the Secured Creditors’ security interests therein and to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Grantor might do; and

 

(vi)    license or sublicense whether on an exclusive or non-exclusive basis, any Intellectual Property for such term and on such conditions and in such manner as the Administrative Agent shall in its sole judgment determine and, in connection therewith, such Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Creditors a royalty-free, world- wide irrevocable license of its Intellectual Property.

 

Anything in this Section 7.1(a) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Administrative Agent agrees that it will not exercise any rights under the power of attorney provided for in this Section 7.1(a) unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and then subject to applicable law.

 

24



 

(b)           If any Grantor fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained herein, the Administrative Agent, at its option, but without any obligation so to do, may perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such agreement.

 

(c)           The expenses of the Administrative Agent incurred in connection with actions undertaken as provided in this Section 7.1, together with interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to the rate per annum at which interest would then be payable on past due Revolving Credit Loans that are Base Rate Loans under the Credit Agreement, from the date of payment by the Administrative Agent to the date reimbursed by the relevant Grantor, shall be payable by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent on demand.

 

(d)           Each Grantor hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  All powers, authorizations and agencies contained in this Agreement are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable until this Agreement is terminated and the security interests created hereby are released.

 

7.2           Duty of Administrative Agent .  The Administrative Agent’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Collateral in its possession, under Section 9-207 of the New York UCC or otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as the Administrative Agent deals with similar property for its own account.  Neither the Administrative Agent, any Secured Creditor nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof.  The powers conferred on the Administrative Agent and the Secured Creditors hereunder are solely to protect the Administrative Agent’s and the Secured Creditors’ interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor to exercise any such powers.  The Administrative Agent and the Secured Creditors shall be accountable only for amounts that they actually receive as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

7.3           Execution of Financing Statements .  Pursuant to any applicable law, each Grantor authorizes the Administrative Agent to file or record financing statements and other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to the Collateral without the signature of such Grantor in such form and in such offices as the Administrative Agent determines appropriate to perfect the security interests of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement.  Each Grantor authorizes the Administrative Agent to use the collateral description “all personal property” or “all assets” or words of similar effect in any such financing statements, with the Excluded Assets described as an exclusion from the collateral described therein.  Each Grantor hereby ratifies and authorizes the filing by the Administrative Agent of any financing statement with respect to the Collateral made prior to the date hereof.

 

7.4           Authority of Administrative Agent .  Each Grantor acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement with respect to any action taken by the Administrative Agent or the exercise or non-exercise by the Administrative Agent of any option, voting right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Agreement shall, as between the Administrative Agent and the Secured Creditors, be governed by the Credit Agreement and by such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among them, but, as between the Administrative Agent and the Grantors, the Administrative Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the Secured Creditors with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and no Grantor shall be under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any

 

25


 

inquiry respecting such authority.  Notwithstanding any other provision herein or in any Loan Document, the only duty or responsibility of the Administrative Agent to any Qualified Counterparty under this Agreement is the duty to remit to such Qualified Counterparty any amounts to which it is entitled pursuant to Section 6.5.

 

SECTION 8. MISCELLANEOUS

 

8.1            Amendments in Writing .  None of the terms or provisions of this Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in accordance with Section 11.01 of the Credit Agreement.  No consent of any Qualified Counterparty shall be required for any waiver, amendment, supplement or other modification to this Agreement.

 

8.2            Notices .  All notices, requests and demands to or upon the Administrative Agent or any Grantor hereunder shall be effected in the manner provided for in Section 11.02 of the Credit Agreement; provided that any such notice, request or demand to or upon any Guarantor shall be addressed to such Guarantor at its notice address set forth on Schedule 1 .

 

8.3            No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies .  Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Secured Creditor shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 8.1), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default.  No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof.  No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  A waiver by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy which the Administrative Agent or such Secured Creditor would otherwise have on any future occasion.  The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.

 

8.4            Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification .

 

(a)            Each Guarantor agrees to pay, or reimburse each Secured Creditor and the Administrative Agent for, all its reasonable costs and expenses incurred in collecting against such Guarantor under the guarantee contained in Section 2 or otherwise enforcing or preserving any rights under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to each Secured Creditor and of counsel to the Administrative Agent to the same extent the Borrower is required to do so pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

 

(b)            Each Guarantor agrees to pay, and to save the Administrative Agent and the Secured Creditors harmless from, any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any and all stamp, excise, sales or other taxes which may be payable or determined to be payable with respect to any of the Collateral or in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to the same extent the Borrower is required to do so pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

 

(c)            Each Guarantor agrees to pay, and to save the Administrative Agent and the Secured Creditors harmless from, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement to the extent the Borrower would be required to do so pursuant to Section 11.04 of the Credit Agreement.

 

26



 

(d)            The agreements in this Section shall survive repayment of the Obligations and all other amounts payable under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

8.5            Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Grantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Creditors and their successors and assigns; provided that no Grantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

 

8.6            Set-Off .  Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent and each Secured Creditor at any time and from time to time while an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing pursuant to Section 11.09 of the Credit Agreement, without prior notice to such Grantor or any other Grantor, any such notice being expressly waived by each Grantor to set-off and appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by the Administrative Agent or such Secured Creditor to or for the credit or the account of such Grantor, or any part thereof in such amounts as the Administrative Agent or such Secured Creditor may elect, against and on account of the obligations and liabilities of such Grantor to the Administrative Agent or such Secured Creditor hereunder and claims of every nature and description of the Administrative Agent or such Secured Creditor against such Grantor, in any currency, whether arising hereunder, under the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or otherwise, as the Administrative Agent or such Secured Creditor may elect, whether or not the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor has made any demand for payment and although such obligations, liabilities and claims may be contingent or unmatured.  The Administrative Agent and each Secured Creditor shall notify such Grantor promptly of any such set-off and the application made by the Administrative Agent or such Secured Creditor of the proceeds thereof, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.  The rights of the Administrative Agent and each Secured Creditor under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) which the Administrative Agent or such Secured Creditor may have.

 

8.7            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

8.8            Severability .  Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

8.9            Section Headings .  The Section headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

 

8.10          Integration .  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the agreement of the Grantors, the Administrative Agent and the Secured Creditors with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Administrative Agent or any Secured Creditor relative to subject matter hereof and thereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

 

8.11          GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

27



 

8.12          Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers .  Each Grantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a)            submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the Courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

 

(b)            consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

 

(c)            agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Grantor at its address referred to in Section 8.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

 

(d)            agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

 

(e)            waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

 

8.13          Acknowledgements .  Each Grantor hereby acknowledges that:

 

(a)            it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party;

 

(b)            neither the Administrative Agent nor any Secured Creditor has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Grantor arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Grantors, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and Secured Creditors, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

 

(c)            no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Secured Creditors or among the Grantors and the Secured Creditors.

 

8.14          Additional Grantors .  Each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is required to become or otherwise becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.12 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Grantor for all purposes of this Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of an Assumption Agreement in the form of Annex I hereto.

 

8.15          Releases .

 

(a)            At such time as the Loans, the reimbursement obligations under any Letter of Credit and the other Obligations (other than Borrower Hedge Agreement Obligations and Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations, any contingent indemnification or similar obligation not yet due and payable and any

 

28



 

obligation owing under any Rate Swap Document or Cash Management Agreement) shall have been paid in full, the Commitments have been terminated and no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding (unless cash collateralized on terms acceptable to the L/C Issuer or such Letter of Credit becomes a Supported Letter of Credit), the Collateral shall be released from the Liens created hereby, and this Agreement and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Administrative Agent and each Grantor hereunder shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any party, and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to the Grantors.  At the request and sole expense of any Grantor following any such termination, the Administrative Agent shall deliver to such Grantor any Collateral held by the Administrative Agent hereunder, and execute and deliver to such Grantor such documents as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination.

 

(b)            If any of the Collateral shall be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by any Grantor other than to another Grantor in a transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement or any Grantor is not required to be a party hereto pursuant to Section 7.12 of the Credit Agreement, then (x) automatically and without any further action the Liens created hereby on such Collateral shall be released and (y) the Administrative Agent, at the request and sole expense of such Grantor, shall execute and deliver to such Grantor all releases or other documents reasonably necessary or desirable for the release of the Liens created hereby on such Collateral.  At the sole expense of the Borrower, a Guarantor shall be released from its obligations hereunder in the event that (x) all the Capital Stock of such Guarantor shall be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in a transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement; provided that the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, at least five Business Days prior to the date of the proposed release, a written request for release identifying the relevant Guarantor and the terms of the sale or other disposition in reasonable detail, including the price thereof in connection therewith, together with a certification by the Borrower stating that such transaction is in compliance with the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or (y) such Guarantor is not required to be a party hereto pursuant to Section 7.12 of the Credit Agreement; provided , that such release shall occur automatically and without any action other than the delivery by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent of a certification stating that such Guarantor is not required to be a party hereto pursuant to Section 7.12 of the Credit Agreement.

 

(c)            No consent of any Qualified Counterparty shall be required for any release of Collateral or Guarantors pursuant to this Section.

 

8.16          WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH GRANTOR AND, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THE BENEFITS HEREOF, EACH AGENT AND EACH SECURED CREDITOR, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

8.17          Effectiveness of ACP Execution .  The execution and delivery of this Agreement by each of Accelerated Care Plus Corp. and ACP Medical Supply Corporation are effective as of the consummation of the Merger.[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

29



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

 

HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.,

 

as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas E. Hartman

 

 

Name:

Thomas E. Hartman

 

 

Title:

Assistant Secretary

 

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement Signature Page

 

30



 

 

DOSTEON SOLUTIONS, LLC

 

 

 

INNOVATIVE NEUROTRONICS, INC.

 

 

 

HANGER PROSTHETICS & ORTHOTICS, INC.

 

 

 

SOUTHERN PROSTHETIC SUPPLY, INC.

 

 

 

OPNET, INC.

 

 

 

LINKIA, LLC

 

 

 

ABI ORTHOTIC/PROSTHETIC LABORATORIES, LTD.

 

 

 

EUGENE TEUFEL & SON ORTHOTICS &
PROSTHETICS, INC.

 

 

 

THE BRACE SHOP PROSTHETIC ORTHOTIC
CENTERS, INC.

 

 

 

HANGER PROSTHETICS & ORTHOTICS WEST, INC.

 

 

 

HANGER PROSTHETICS & ORTHOTICS EAST, INC.

 

 

 

ELITE CARE, INCORPORATED

 

 

 

INLINE ORTHOTIC AND PROSTHETIC SYSTEMS

 

 

 

CREATIVE ORTHOTICS & PROSTHETICS, INC.

 

 

 

NEBRASKA ORTHOTIC & PROSTHETIC SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

ORTHOPEDIC REHABILITATION PRODUCTS, LTD.

 

 

 

HATTINGH HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

COLORADO PROFESSIONAL MEDICAL, INC.

 

 

 

ADVANCED PROSTHETICS OF AMERICA, INC.

 

 

 

DDOPP HOLDING LLC

 

 

 

DIBELLO’S DYNAMIC ORTHOTICS AND PROSTHETICS
PARTNERSHIP, LTD.

 

 

 

WASATCH ORTHOTHICS & PEDORTHICS, LLC

 

 

 

ACCELERATED CARE PLUS CORP.

 

 

 

ACP MEDICAL SUPPLY CORPORATION,

 

 

 

as Grantor and Guarantor

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas E. Hartman

 

 

Name: Thomas E. Hartman

 

 

Title: Assistant Secretary

 

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement Signature Page

 

31



 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

 

 

By:

/s/ Kristine Thennes

 

 

Name: Kristine Thennes

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement Signature Page

 

32


 

ANNEX I

 

[Form of]

 

ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

[Name of New Pledgor]

[Address of New Pledgor]

 

[Date]

 

 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ;” capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement), dated as of December [1], 2010, made by HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors party thereto and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity and together with any successors in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).

 

This Assumption Agreement supplements the Security Agreement and is delivered by the undersigned, [                         ] (the “ New Pledgor ”), pursuant to Section 8.14 of the Security Agreement.  The New Pledgor hereby agrees to be bound as a Guarantor and as a Grantor party to the Security Agreement by all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in the Security Agreement on and after the date hereof.  The New Pledgor also hereby agrees to be bound as a party by all of the terms, covenants and conditions applicable to it set forth in Articles VII and VIII of the Credit Agreement on and after the date hereof.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the New Pledgor hereby grants and pledges to the Administrative Agent, as collateral security for the full, prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations, a Lien on and security interest in, all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral and expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Guarantor and Grantor thereunder.  The New Pledgor hereby makes each of the representations and warranties and agrees to each of the covenants applicable to the Grantors contained in the Security Agreement and Article VI of the Credit Agreement on and after the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date).

 

Annexed hereto are supplements to each of the schedules to the Security Agreement and the Credit Agreement, as applicable, with respect to the New Pledgor.  Such supplements shall be deemed to be part of the Security Agreement or the Credit Agreement, as applicable.

 



 

This Assumption Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

THIS ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Pledgor has caused this Assumption Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.

 

 

[NEW PLEDGOR]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

 as Administrative Agent

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

[Schedules to be attached]

 

3


 

ANNEX II

 

[RESERVED]

 


 

ANNEX III

 

[Form of]

 

Patent Security Agreement

 

Patent Security Agreement , dated as of [         ], 2010, by [              ] (individually, a “ Pledgor ”, and, collectively, the “ Pledgors ”), in favor of BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, the Pledgors are party to a Guarantee and Collateral Agreement date December 1, 2010 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”) in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to which the Pledgors are required to execute and deliver this Patent Security Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Creditors, to enter into the Credit Agreement, the Pledgors hereby agree with the Administrative Agent as follows:

 

SECTION 1.           Defined Terms .  Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.

 

SECTION 2.           Grant of Security Interest in Patent Collateral .  Each Pledgor hereby pledges and grants to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Creditors a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Collateral of such Pledgor:

 

(a)           Patents of such Pledgor listed on Schedule I attached hereto; and

 

(b)           all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing (other than Excluded Assets).

 

SECTION 3.           Security Agreement .  The security interest granted pursuant to this Patent Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement and Pledgors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the security interest in the Patents made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.  In the event that any provision of this Patent Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control.

 

SECTION 4.           Termination .  At such time as the Loans, the reimbursement obligations under any Letter of Credit and the other Obligations (other than contingent indemnification or similar obligations not yet due, Borrower Hedge Agreement Obligations and Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations) shall have been paid in full, the Commitments have been terminated and no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding (unless cash collateralized on terms acceptable to the L/C Issuer or such Letter of Credit becomes a Supported Letter of Credit) and termination of the Security Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Pledgors an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the collateral pledge, grant, assignment, lien and security interest in the Patents under this Patent Security Agreement.

 



 

SECTION 5.           Counterparts .  This Patent Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Patent Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.

 

SECTION 6.           Governing Law .  This Patent Security Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and all disputes between the parties under or relating to this Patent Security Agreement or the facts or circumstances leading to its execution, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws (including statutes of limitation) of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

[signature page follows]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Pledgor has caused this Patent Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

[PLEDGORS]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

3



 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

4



 

SCHEDULE I
to
PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT
PATENT REGISTRATIONS AND PATENT APPLICATIONS

 

UNITED STATES PATENTS:

 

Registrations:

 

OWNER

 

REGISTRATION NUMBER

 

DESCRIPTION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Applications:

 

OWNER

 

APPLICATION NUMBER

 

DESCRIPTION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER PATENTS:

 

Registrations:

 

OWNER

 

REGISTRATION
NUMBER

 

COUNTRY/STATE

 

DESCRIPTION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Applications:

 

OWNER

 

APPLICATION
NUMBER

 

COUNTRY/STATE

 

DESCRIPTION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5


 

ANNEX IV

 

[Form of]

 

Trademark Security Agreement

 

Trademark Security Agreement , dated as of [         ], 2010, by [              ] (individually, a “ Pledgor ”, and, collectively, the “ Pledgors ”), in favor of BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, the Pledgors are party to a Guarantee and Collateral Agreement date December 1, 2010 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”) in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to which the Pledgors are required to execute and deliver this Trademark Security Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Creditors, to enter into the Credit Agreement, the Pledgors hereby agree with the Administrative Agent as follows:

 

SECTION 1.           Defined Terms .  Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.

 

SECTION 2.           Grant of Security Interest in Trademark Collateral .  Each Pledgor hereby pledges and grants to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Creditors a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Collateral of such Pledgor:

 

(a)           Trademarks of such Pledgor listed on Schedule I attached hereto; and

 

(b)           all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing (other than Excluded Property).

 

SECTION 3.           Security Agreement .  The security interest granted pursuant to this Trademark Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement and Pledgors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the security interest in the Trademarks made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.  In the event that any provision of this Trademark Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control.

 

SECTION 4.           Termination .  At such time as the Loans, the reimbursement obligations under any Letter of Credit and the other Obligations (other than contingent indemnification or similar obligations not yet due, Borrower Hedge Agreement Obligations and Guarantor Hedge Agreement Obligations) shall have been paid in full, the Commitments have been terminated and no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding (unless cash collateralized on terms acceptable to the L/C Issuer or such Letter of Credit becomes a Supported Letter of Credit) and termination of the Security Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Pledgors an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing

 



 

the collateral pledge, grant, assignment, lien and security interest in the Trademarks under this Trademark Security Agreement.

 

SECTION 5.           Counterparts .  This Trademark Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Trademark Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.

 

SECTION 6.           Governing Law .  This Trademark Security Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and all disputes between the parties under or relating to this Trademark Security Agreement or the facts or circumstances leading to its execution, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws (including statutes of limitation) of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

[signature page follows]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Pledgor has caused this Trademark Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

[PLEDGORS]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

3



 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

4




Exhibit 10.25

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is made effective as of November     , 2008 (“Agreement”) by and between HANGER PROSTHETICS & ORTHOTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and VINIT ASAR (the “Executive”).  The Company and Executive agree as follows:

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual agreements set forth below, both parties agree as follows:

 

1.             Employment; Termination Date .

 

1.1           Employment .  The Company agrees to employ Executive and Executive accepts such employment by the Company upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, for the period beginning on December 29, 2008 (the “Commencement Date”) and ending upon termination pursuant to Section 4 or Section 5 (the “Employment Period”).  Executive represents and warrants that Executive is not subject to any restrictive covenants (including, without limitation, covenants not to compete and covenants not to solicit) that would prevent Executive from entering into this Agreement or providing services on the Company’s behalf. Executive agrees not to use or disclose in the course of Executive’s employment with the Company any confidential information or trade secrets of any other Person.

 

1.2           Termination Date .   For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Termination Date” shall mean (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for any reason whatsoever, other than death or Disability, the Executive’s last day of work; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability, the date of death of the Executive or the effective date of the Disability, as the case may be; and (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive, the expiration date of the applicable notice period that is required pursuant to this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Termination Date shall be earlier than the date as of which the Executive has incurred a “separation from service” within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code (“Code”) Section 409A, as determined by applying the default rules thereof.

 

2.             Services .

 

During the Employment Period, Executive agrees (i) to devote Executive’s best efforts and substantially all of Executive’s business time and attention to the business affairs of the Company (except for reasonable vacation periods subject to the reasonable approval of the Company or reasonable periods of illness or other incapacity); (ii) to serve Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc. (“Hanger”) as an Executive Vice President and its Chief Growth Officer and to render such services as the Company or Hanger may from time to time direct; provided , however , that Executive recognizes and agrees that Hanger or the Company may change Executive’s job description as set forth in this Section 2 as a result of a good faith restructuring of the Company’s or Hanger’s operations; (iii) that Executive will not, except with the prior written consent of the Company, become engaged in or render services for any business other than the business of the Company; and (iv) that Executive will follow the policies and

 



 

procedures of the Company, as set forth by the Company from time to time, as well as all applicable federal and state healthcare laws, rules and regulations.

 

3.             Salary, Incentive Bonus, Stock Options, Other Benefits .

 

In consideration for the valuable services to be rendered by Executive and for Executive’s agreement not to disclose or use Confidential Information of the Company as described in Section 6 and not to compete against the Company as described in Section 7, the Company hereby agrees as follows:

 

3.1           Salary .  During the first year of the Employment Period during which this Agreement is executed, the Company will pay Executive a bi-weekly gross salary at the annual rate of $340,000.00, less all applicable payroll taxes and other normal deductions (the “Base Salary”), payable at the bi-weekly gross rate of $13,076.92.  Executive’s Base Salary may, but is not required to, be increased annually in January of each year (but cannot be decreased) based on an annual performance salary review as determined in the reasonable discretion of the Company.

 

3.2           Bonus .

 

(a)           In addition to the Base Salary, the Executive shall participate in Hanger’s current bonus plan for senior corporate officers (the “Bonus Plan”), as approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Hanger (“Board of Directors”) in each calendar year during the term of this Agreement commencing with the 2009 calendar year.  The Executive’s target bonus is fifty percent (50%) of the Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”) and is contingent on the Executive meeting certain performance criteria and Hanger achieving certain year-end financial criteria, and up to one hundred percent (100%) of the Base Salary (the “Maximum Bonus”) if the Executive exceeds certain performance criteria and Hanger exceeds certain year-end financial criteria all as determined in the reasonable discretion of the Board of Directors and its Compensation Committee.  The Executive shall be entitled to such increases in the “Target Bonus” and the “Maximum Bonus” during the term hereof as shall be determined and approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, taking account of the performance of Hanger, the Company and the Executive, and other factors generally considered relevant to the salaries of executives holding similar positions with enterprises comparable to the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Executive, Hanger or the Company fail to attain their minimum respective criteria in any given year, the Board of Directors and its Compensation Committee may, in their reasonable discretion, decline to award any bonus to the Executive.

 

(b)           The bonus described in Section 3.2(a) shall be payable between January 1 and March 15 (inclusive) of the calendar year following the calendar year for which the bonus is determined in accordance with the Company’s normal practices.  In the event that the Executive is employed for less than the full calendar year in the year in which his Termination Date occurs (“Termination Year”), the bonus payable to the Executive shall be subject to Sections 4 and 5 of this Agreement and calculated based on the Executive meeting certain performance criteria and Hanger achieving certain year-end financial criteria, all as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion.

 

2



 

Such bonus shall be pro-rated for the portion of the Termination Year during which the Executive was employed by the Company.  With respect to the bonus for the Termination Year, any bonus payable pursuant to this Section 3.2(b) shall be payable to the Executive between January 1 and March 15 (inclusive) of the calendar year following the calendar year for which the bonus is determined in accordance with the Company’s normal practices.

 

(c)           In addition to the bonus set forth in Section 3.2(a) of this Agreement, so long as Executive shall remain employed, without interruption, by the Company, within forty-five (45) days after providing the Company with a fully-executed original of this Agreement, but in no event later than March 15, 2009, the Company will pay Executive a one-time bonus in the form of a lump sum cash payment of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00), less all applicable payroll taxes and other normal deductions (“Sign-On Bonus”), upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Promissory Note to be executed by Executive as maker and in favor of the Company as holder, pursuant to which Executive shall be obligated to repay the Sign-On Bonus to the Company immediately upon the termination of Executive’s employment pursuant to Section 4.3 or Section 4.5 of this Agreement prior to the one (1) year anniversary date of the Commencement Date, all among such other terms and conditions as may be included in such Promissory Note.

 

3.3           Stock Options & Restricted Stock .

 

(a)           In addition to the compensation described in Section 3.1 and Section 3.2 of this Agreement, Executive may have the opportunity to receive options to purchase stock or restricted shares of stock of Hanger in a manner consistent with any stock option or restricted share plan adopted by Hanger. The determination as to the amount of stock, if any, to be purchased under such stock option or restricted share plan shall be subject to the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of Hanger or a committee thereof.

 

(b)           As an incentive for Executive’s future performance in improving shareholder value, Executive will be entitled to receive a special, time-based grant of twenty thousand (20,000) restricted shares of Hanger stock (“Special Grant”).  The grant date of the Special Grant shall be no later than fourteen (14) days after the Commencement Date.  The vesting schedule for the Special Grant shall conform to the vesting schedule described in Section 3.3(c) of this Agreement and the Stock Agreement (as hereinafter defined).

 

(c)           In addition to the Special Grant, the Company shall, no later than fourteen (14) days after the Commencement Date, grant to the Executive a minimum of twenty thousand (20,000) restricted shares of Hanger stock (“2008 Grant”), with thirteen thousand four hundred (13,400) of those shares being  performance-based restricted shares and six thousand six hundred (6,600) of those shares being time-based restricted shares.  The Executive shall also be entitled to receive a grant of no fewer than twenty thousand (20,000) additional restricted shares of Hanger stock (“Additional Grant”) on or before March 31, 2010.  The 2008 Grant and Additional Grant shall be subject to such other terms and conditions as reasonably determined by Hanger’s Board of Directors or a committee thereof, consistent with the terms and conditions of the applicable stock incentive plan and restricted share grant agreement(s).

 

3



 

(d)           The options or restricted shares provided in Section 3.3(a) and Section 3.3(b) shall be evidenced by one or more stock option agreements or restricted share grant agreements (each, a “Stock Agreement”) between the Executive and Hanger, which Stock Agreement(s) shall provide for a vesting schedule of four (4) years, in equal parts, of the options or restricted shares granted thereunder.  Notwithstanding any provisions now or hereafter existing under any stock incentive plan of Hanger, all options or restricted shares granted to the Executive shall vest in full immediately upon the Termination Date except for termination of employment pursuant to Section 4.3 or Section 4.5 hereof, and the Executive (or his estate or legal representative, if applicable) shall thereafter have twelve (12) months from such Termination Date to exercise such options, if applicable.

 

(e)           Notwithstanding any provisions now or hereafter existing under any stock option plan or restricted share plan of Hanger, in the event of a Change in Control (as hereinafter defined), all options or restricted shares provided to the Executive pursuant to Section 3.3(a), Section 3.3(b) and Section 3.3(c) of this Agreement or any Stock Agreement shall be granted and shall immediately fully vest as of the date of such Change in Control with such options or restricted shares being valued at the closing price of Hanger’s common stock on the day prior to the day of the Change in Control.

 

(f)            For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to exist if:

 

(i)            a person, as defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (other than the Executive or a group including the Executive), either (A) acquires twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding securities of Hanger having the right to vote in elections of directors and such acquisition shall not have been approved within sixty (60) days following such acquisition by a majority of the Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined) then in office, or (B) acquires fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding securities of Hanger having a right to vote in elections of directors; or

 

(ii)           Continuing Directors shall for any reason cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors; or

 

(iii)          Hanger disposes of all or substantially all of the business of Hanger to a party or parties other than a subsidiary or other affiliate of Hanger pursuant to a partial or complete liquidation of Hanger, sale of assets (including stock of a subsidiary of Hanger) or otherwise; or

 

(iv)          the Board of Directors approves Hanger’s consolidation or merger with or into any other Person (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hanger), or any other Person’s consolidation or merger with or into Hanger, which results in all or part of the outstanding shares of Stock being changed in any way or converted into or exchanged for stock or other securities or cash or any other property.

 

(g)           For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Continuing Director” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who either was a member of the Board of

 

4



 

Directors on the date hereof or who subsequently became a Director of Hanger and whose election, or nomination for election, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Continuing Directors then in office.

 

3.4           Relocation .

 

(a)           Relocation Support .  Executive shall receive the relocation benefits set forth in the Company’s Executive Relocation Program, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A, consistent with the relocation policies and procedures of the Company for executives, as previously disclosed by the Company to Executive.

 

(b)           Housing Allowance . Provided that Executive (i) remains continuously employed, without interruption, with the Company and (ii) has relocated Executive’s principal place of residence to a location within fifty (50) miles of the Company’s offices at Two Bethesda Metro Center, Suite 1200, Bethesda, Maryland 20814 (the “Office”), in each case as of the date on which each of the payments described in this Section 3.4(b) would otherwise be made to Executive, Executive shall receive a housing allowance in an amount equal to Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00), less all applicable payroll taxes and other normal deductions, within thirty (30) days after each of the first annual anniversary date following the Commencement Date and the second annual anniversary date following the Commencement Date. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason whatsoever prior to Executive’s receipt of any payment described in this Section 3.4(b), including, without limitation, with or without Due Cause (as defined in Section 4.3) or by Executive, then Executive shall not be entitled to any payment described in this Section 3.4(b) that Executive has not already received (regardless of whether Executive’s right to receive such payment has accrued). In no event shall Executive be entitled to receive payments in excess of an aggregate of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00), less all applicable payroll taxes and other normal deductions, pursuant to this Section 3.4(b).

 

3.5           Benefits .  Executive also shall be entitled to (i) an automobile allowance in the amount of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) per month and the provision of, or reimbursement for, parking of such automobile at the Office, (ii) four (4) weeks of vacation per year, and (iii) sick leave, medical and other benefits, including, without limitation, participation in the Company’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Program (“SERP”) and appropriate directors and officers liability insurance (to the extent commercially reasonable for the Company to obtain such insurance), all of which are consistent with those received by other similarly-situated senior executives of Hanger and its subsidiaries as determined in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. With regard to the Company’s SERP, Executive’s level of benefit shall be sixty-five percent (65%) of Executive’s average base salary, as defined by the SERP plan.  Executive shall receive life insurance in an amount equal to one (1) times Executive’s Base Salary (in addition to the life insurance in an amount equal to one (1) times Executive’s Base Salary provided by the Company as part of Executive’s base benefit program), with the premiums for such policy to be paid by the Company, and Executive shall also receive the option to participate in the Company’s supplemental life and accidental death and dismemberment policies, with the premiums for such policies to be paid by Executive, all in accordance with the terms and conditions of such policies as generally applied by the Company.

 

5



 

3.6           Parachute Penalties .  For all payments made or required to be made pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including any payments made with respect to the Executive’s termination of employment for any reason, the Company shall determine and pay the Executive, as soon as practicable, an amount sufficient to cover the gross-up of any excise, income and other taxes resulting from the imposition of the parachute penalties of the Code or applicable state tax laws.  Such determination and payment by the Company shall be made six (6) months and one (1) day after the Executive’s Termination Date or, if later, before the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Executive paid any such excise tax.

 

3.7           Reimbursement for COBRA .  Upon the provision by Executive of evidence of such expenses and the payment thereof, the Company will reimburse Executive for up to one (1) month of Executive’s COBRA expenses under the medical plan in which Executive participates immediately prior to and as of the date of this Agreement.

 

4.             Termination of Employment .

 

4.1           Death . The Executive’s employment shall be terminated by the Executive’s death.  In the event of the death of the Executive, the Company shall pay to the estate or other legal representative of the Executive the Base Salary and vacation as accrued through the Termination Date (at the annual rate then in effect) and the bonus provided for in Section 3.2 for the Termination Year (as well as any then earned but unpaid bonus for the year preceding the Termination Year, if applicable).

 

4.2           Disability .

 

(a)           “Disability” means, for purposes of this Agreement, that the Executive is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months.

 

(b)           If the Executive shall incur a Disability, the employment of the Executive shall be terminated.  In the event of such termination, the Company shall pay to the Executive the Base Salary and vacation accrued through the Termination Date (at the annual rate then in effect) and the bonus provided for in Section 3.2 for the Termination Year (as well as any then earned but unpaid bonus for the year preceding the Termination Year, if applicable).

 

4.3           Due Cause .  The employment of Executive hereunder may be terminated by the Company at any time for Due Cause (as hereinafter defined).  In the event of such termination, the Company shall pay to the Executive the Base Salary (at the annual rate then in effect) and vacation accrued through the Termination Date and not theretofore paid to the Executive.  Rights and benefits of the Executive or his transferee under the benefit plans and programs of the Company shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of such plans and programs.  For purposes hereof, “Due Cause” shall mean (i) the repeated failure or refusal of the Executive to follow the lawful directives of the Company (except due to sickness, injury or disabilities), (ii) gross inattention to duty or any other willful, reckless or grossly negligent act (or omission to act) by the Executive, which, in the good faith judgment of the Company, materially injures the Company, including the repeated failure to follow the policies and

 

6



 

procedures of the Company, (iii) a material breach of this Agreement by the Executive or (iv) the commission by the Executive of a felony or other crime involving moral turpitude or an act of financial dishonesty against the Company.

 

4.4           Termination by the Company Without Cause .

 

(a)           The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment at any time, for whatever reason it deems appropriate or without reason; provided, however, that in the event that such termination is not pursuant to Section 4.1 (Death); 4.2 (Disability); 4.3 (Due Cause); 4.5 (Voluntary Termination); or 4.6 (Retirement), the Company shall pay to the Executive the Base Salary and vacation accrued through the Termination Date (at the annual rate then in effect) and the bonus provided for in Section 3.2 for the Termination Year (as well as any then earned but unpaid bonus for the year preceding the Termination Year, if applicable).

 

(b)           In addition to the payments described in Section 4.4(a), the Company shall pay to the Executive, within forty-five (45) days following the Termination Date, a severance payment in an amount equal to eighteen (18) months of the Base Salary (at the annual rate in effect immediately prior to termination) and an additional bonus payment (“Additional Bonus Payment”) equal to one and one-half (1.5) times the Target Bonus for the Termination Year. Any portion of this severance benefit that is in excess of the lesser of two (2) times (i) the Executive’s annualized rate of compensation for the preceding taxable year (adjusted for certain increases that would have been received in the normal course of employment) or (ii) the Code Section 401(a)(17) compensation limit for qualified plan purposes as in effect for the year in which the Termination Date occurs, shall not be paid as a severance benefit but shall be paid to the Executive in a single lump sum six (6) months and one day after the Termination Date.  For eighteen (18) months following termination pursuant to Section 4.4(a), the Company shall (i) reimburse the Executive for his reasonable costs of medical and dental coverage as provided under COBRA, (ii) reimburse the Executive for his reasonable costs incurred in maintaining his life and disability coverage, and (iii) reimburse the Executive for similar, applicable benefits granted to the Executive in Section 3.5 and Section 3.6, each at levels substantially equivalent to those provided by the Company to the Executive immediately prior to the termination of his employment (including such other benefits as shall be provided to senior corporate officers of the Company in lieu of such benefits from time to time during the eighteen (18) month payment period), on the same basis, including the Company’s payment of premiums and contributions, as such benefits are provided to other senior corporate officers of the Company or were provided to the Executive prior to the termination. Reimbursements of expenses which provide for nonqualified deferred compensation under Code Section 409A, if any, shall not be paid before six (6) months and one day after the Executive’s Termination Date.  The amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, during a taxable year of the Executive may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided in any other taxable year.  Reimbursements shall be paid on or before the last day of the Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred.  The right to reimbursement hereunder is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

In addition, for a period of eighteen (18) months immediately following the Executive’s Termination Date, the Executive will be provided with outplacement services commensurate

 

7


 

with those provided to other senior corporate officers of the Company through a vendor selected by the Company. Rights and benefits of the Executive or transferee under the benefit plans and programs of Hanger shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of such plans and programs.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Hanger is no longer a publicly-traded entity as of the Termination Date, or ceases to be a publicly-traded entity within the six (6) month period immediately following the Termination Date, then the Company shall pay to Executive the payments set forth in Section 4.4(b), or any unpaid portion thereof, as applicable, within forty-five (45) days from the later of (i) the Termination Date or (ii) the date Hanger ceased to be a publicly-traded entity.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the death of the Executive occurs within six (6) months following the Termination Date, the Company shall pay to the Executive’s estate any unpaid portion of the amounts due to be paid to the Executive pursuant to Section 4.4(b) within forty-five (45) days following receipt by the Company of notice of Executive’s death.

 

(d)           Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments under Section 4.4(b) unless Executive has first duly executed a form of agreement and general release acceptable to the Company releasing the Company from certain claims Executive may have in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company and the termination thereof, to the extent permitted by law.

 

4.5           Voluntary Termination .  Executive may terminate his employment with the Company at any time and the Company shall pay to the Executive the Base Salary and vacation accrued through the Termination Date (at the annual rate then in effect) and the bonus provided for in Section 3.2 for the Termination Year (as well as any then earned but unpaid bonus for the year preceding the Termination Year, if applicable).  In the event Executive terminates Executive’s employment under this Section 4.5, written notice of at least thirty (30) days shall be provided to the Company in accordance with the provisions of Section 9. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, rights and benefits of the Executive or his transferee under the benefit plans and programs of Hanger shall be determined in accordance with provisions of such plans and programs.

 

4.6           Retirement .

 

(a)           In the event of the Executive’s Retirement (as defined in Section 4.6(b)), the Company shall pay to the Executive the Base Salary and vacation accrued through the date of Retirement (at the annual rate then in effect) and the bonus provided for in Section 3.2 for the Termination Year (as well as any then earned but unpaid bonus for the year preceding the Termination Year, if applicable).  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, rights and benefits of the Executive or his transferee under the benefit plans and programs of the Company shall be determined in accordance with provisions of such plans and programs.

 

(b)           “Retirement” shall mean the Executive’s voluntary termination of employment at or after age sixty-five (65), provided the Executive has given the Company written notice of the Executive’s intent to retire no less than one (1) year prior to the scheduled Termination Date and the Executive has, as of the scheduled Termination Date, been

 

8



 

continuously employed with Hanger, including any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, for a period of no less than ten (10) years.

 

5.             Change In Control and Termination Provisions .

 

If within a two (2) year period following any Change in Control there occurs:

 

(a)           any termination of the Executive (other than as set forth in Section 4.1 (Death), 4.2 (Disability), 4.3 (Due Cause), 4.5 (Voluntary Termination) or 4.6 (Retirement) of this Agreement);

 

(b)           a material diminution of the Executive’s responsibilities, as compared to the Executive’s responsibilities immediately prior to the Change in Control;

 

(c)           any reduction in the Base Salary or Bonus Plan targets (as distinguished from the payments received thereunder), as compared to such Base Salary or such targets as of the date immediately prior to the Change in Control;

 

(d)           any failure to provide the Executive with benefits: (1) at least as favorable as those enjoyed by similarly-situated senior corporate officers of the Company under the Company’s pension, life insurance, medical, health and accident, disability or other written employee plans under which the form and/or amounts of benefits are prescribed in applicable documents or (2) granted to the Executive by this Agreement;

 

(e)           any relocation of the Executive’s principal site of employment to a location more than fifty (50) miles from the Executive’s principal place of employment as of the date immediately prior to the Change in Control; or

 

(f)            any material breach of this Agreement by the Company;

 

then, at the option of the Executive, exercisable by the Executive within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of any of the foregoing events, the Executive may resign his employment with the Company (or, if involuntarily terminated, give notice of his intention to collect benefits under this Agreement) by delivering a notice in writing (the “Notice of Termination”) to the Company, and the Executive shall be entitled to receive the Base Salary and vacation accrued to the Termination Date (at the annual rate then in effect) and the bonus provided for in Section 3.2 for the Termination Year (as well as any then earned but unpaid bonus for the year preceding the Termination Year, if applicable).  In addition, the Company shall pay to the Executive six (6) months and one day after the Termination Date an amount equal to eighteen (18) months of the Base Salary (at the annual rate in effect immediately prior to termination) and the Additional Bonus Payment.  In addition, the Company shall, for eighteen (18) months following the Termination Date, (i) reimburse the Executive for his reasonable costs of medical and dental coverage as provided under COBRA, (ii) reimburse the Executive for his reasonable costs incurred in maintaining his life and disability coverage, and (iii) reimburse the Executive for similar, applicable benefits granted to the Executive in Section 3.5 and Section 3.6, each at levels substantially equivalent to those provided by the Company to the Executive immediately prior to the termination of his employment (including such other benefits as shall be provided to senior corporate officers of the Company in lieu of such benefits from time to time during the eighteen

 

9



 

(18) month payment period), on the same basis, including the Company’s payment of premiums and contributions, as such benefits are provided to other senior corporate officers of the Company or were provided to the Executive prior to the termination.  Reimbursements of expenses which provide for nonqualified deferred compensation under Code Section 409A, if any, shall not be paid before six (6) months and one day after the Executive’s Termination Date.  The amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, during a taxable year of the Executive may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided in any other taxable year.  Reimbursements shall be paid on or before the last day of the Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred.  The right to reimbursement hereunder is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

In addition, for a period of eighteen (18) months immediately following the Executive’s Termination Date, the Executive will be provided with outplacement services commensurate with those provided to other senior corporate officers of the Company through a vendor selected by the Company. Rights and benefits of the Executive or transferee under the benefit plans and programs of Hanger shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of such plans and programs.

 

(g)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Hanger is no longer a publicly-traded entity as of the Termination Date, or ceases to be a publicly-traded entity within the six (6) month period immediately following the Termination Date, then the Company shall pay to Executive the payments set forth in this Section 5, or any unpaid portion thereof, as applicable, within forty-five (45) days from the later of (i) the Termination Date or (ii) the date Hanger ceased to be a publicly-traded entity.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the death of the Executive occurs within six (6) months following the Termination Date, the Company shall pay to the Executive’s estate any unpaid portion of the amounts due to be paid to the Executive pursuant to this Section 5 within forty-five (45) days following receipt by the Company of notice of Executive’s death.

 

(h)           Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments under this Section 5 unless Executive has first duly executed a form of agreement and general release acceptable to the Company releasing the Company from certain claims Executive may have in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company and the termination thereof, to the extent permitted by law..

 

6.             Confidential Information .

 

6.1           Unless the Executive secures the Company’s written consent, the Executive will not, for a period of eighteen (18) months after the Termination Date, disclose, use, disseminate, lecture upon, or publish Confidential Information, whether or not such Confidential Information was developed by him.

 

6.2           “Confidential Information” means information disclosed to the Executive or known by him as a result of his employment with the Company, not generally known in the industry, about the Company’s and/or Hanger’s (including any direct or indirect subsidiary of Hanger) services, products, or customers, including, but not limited to, clinical

 

10



 

programs, procedures and protocols, research, operating manuals, business methods, financial strategic planning, client retention, customer and supplier lists, data processing, insurance plans, risk management, marketing, contracting, selling and employees.

 

7.             Non-Compete .

 

7.1           In the event the Employment Period is terminated under Sections 4.3, 4.5, 4.6 or 5, then this Section 7 will apply to Executive. In the event the Employment Period is otherwise terminated, such as pursuant to Section 4.4, then no part of this Section 7 will apply to Executive.

 

7.2           Executive will not, during the Executive’s term of employment and for a period of eighteen (18) months after the Termination Date, directly or indirectly (i) engage, whether as principal, agent, investor, representative, stockholder (other than as the holder of not more than five percent (5%) of the stock or equity of any corporation the capital stock of which is publicly traded), employee, consultant, volunteer or otherwise, with or without pay, in any activity or business venture anywhere within the continental United States that is competitive with the business of the Company and/or Hanger (including any direct or indirect subsidiary of Hanger) on the Termination Date, (ii) solicit or entice or endeavor to solicit or entice away from the Company and/or Hanger (including any direct or indirect subsidiary of Hanger) any director, officer, employee, agent or consultant of the Company and/or Hanger (including any direct or indirect subsidiary of Hanger), either on his own account or for any Person, firm, corporation or other organization, regardless of whether the Person solicited would commit any breach of such Person’s contract of employment by reason of leaving the Company’s service; (iii) solicit or entice or endeavor to solicit or entice away any of the clients or customers of the Company and/or Hanger (including any direct or indirect subsidiary of Hanger) as of the Termination Date for the purpose of competing with the business of the Company and/or Hanger (including any direct or indirect subsidiary of Hanger), either on his own account or for any other Person, firm, corporation or organization; (iv) employ or otherwise utilize (whether as a consultant, advisor or otherwise) any Person who was a director, officer, or employee of the Company and/or Hanger (including any direct or indirect subsidiary of Hanger) at any time during the two (2) years preceding the Termination Date, unless such Person’s employment was terminated by the Company and/or Hanger (including any direct or indirect subsidiary of Hanger); or (v) employ or otherwise utilize (whether as a consultant, advisor or otherwise) any Person who is or may be likely to be in possession of any Confidential Information.  The parties hereto agree that if, in any proceeding, the Court or other authority shall refuse to enforce covenants set forth in this Section 7, because such covenants cover too extensive a geographic area or too long a period of time, any such covenant shall be deemed appropriately amended and modified in keeping with the intention of the parties to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

7.3           Since a material purpose of this Agreement is to protect the Company’s investment in Executive and to secure the benefits of Executive’s background and general experience in the industry, the parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of Section 6 or this Section 7 and that any such breach will cause the Company irreparable harm.  Therefore, in the event of a breach by Executive of any of the provisions of Section 6 or this Section 7, the Company or its successors or assigns may, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in its favor, apply to

 

11



 

any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive or other relief in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

7.4           Executive specifically authorizes and permits the Company to provide any Person with which Executive serves (or may serve) as an employee, director, owner, stockholder, consultant, partner (limited or general) or otherwise with a copy of this Agreement or a general description of some or all of the terms of this Agreement.

 

8.             Miscellaneous .

 

Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law.  The parties agree that (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall be severable in the event that any of the provisions hereof are for any reason whatsoever invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, (ii) such invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable provisions shall be automatically replaced by other provisions which are as similar as possible in terms to such invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable provisions but are valid and enforceable and (iii) the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. This Agreement embodies the complete agreement and understanding among the parties and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way. This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive and the Company, and their respective successors and assigns. Executive may not assign Executive’s rights or delegate Executive’s obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company. The Company may assign its rights and delegate its duties hereunder without the consent of Executive to Permitted Transferees. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of the Agreement will be governed by the internal law, and not the law of conflicts, of the State of Maryland.  All disputes under this Agreement shall be submitted to and governed by binding arbitration with an arbitrator from the American Arbitration Association; except only that the Company may seek relief in a court of competent jurisdiction in the event of a claimed violation of Section 6 or Section 7 of this Agreement. Executive hereby agrees that any action or proceeding regarding or relating to this Agreement that is properly submitted to a court of competent jurisdiction as described in the preceding sentence shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Maryland, County of Montgomery, or, if it has or can acquire jurisdiction, in the United States District Court for the District of Maryland (Southern Division), and each of the parties hereto consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts) in any such action or proceeding and waives any objection to venue laid therein.  Process in any action or proceeding referred to in the preceding sentence may be served on any party hereto anywhere in the world. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company and Executive.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall unilaterally have the right to amend this Agreement to comply with Section 409A of the Code.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.  The parties further agree that facsimile signatures or signatures scanned into .pdf (or similar) format and sent by e-mail shall be deemed original signatures.

 

12



 

9.             Notices .

 

Any notice to be given hereunder shall be in writing and delivered personally or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed to the party concerned at the address indicated below or at such other address as such party may subsequently be designated by like notice:

 

If to the Company:

 

c/o Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc.
2 Bethesda Metro Center, Suite 1200
Bethesda, MD 20814
Attention: Vice President, Human Resources

 

If to the Executive:

 

Vinit Asar

18960 Seabiscuit Run

Yorba Linda, California 92886

 

10.          Withholding .

 

Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, all payments required to be made by the Company hereunder to the Executive or his beneficiaries, including his estate, shall be subject to withholding of such amounts relating to taxes as the Company may reasonably determine it should withhold pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.  In lieu of withholding such amounts, in whole or in part, the Company may, in its sole discretion, accept other provisions for payment of taxes as permitted by law, provided it is satisfied in its sole discretion that all requirements of law affecting its responsibilities to withhold such taxes have been satisfied.

 

11.          Survivorship .

 

The respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall survive any termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary to the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.

 

12.          Definitions .

 

12.1         “Permitted Transferee” shall mean (a) any successor by merger or consolidation to Hanger or the Company or any Permitted Transferee; (b) any purchaser of all or substantially all of Hanger’s or the Company’s or any Permitted Transferee’s assets; (c) any parent or subsidiary corporation of Hanger or the Company; and (d) any lender to (i) Hanger or the Company, (ii) any Permitted Transferee and/or (iii) any affiliate of Hanger or the Company or of any Permitted Transferee.

 

13



 

12.2         “Person” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department or agency thereof.

 

[The next page is the signature page.]

 

14



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

HANGER PROSTHETICS & ORTHOTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian Wheeler

 

 

Brian Wheeler, Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Vinit Asar

 

 

Vinit Asar

 

15




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

        Each of the subsidiaries in the following list is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc., unless otherwise indicated below:

Name
  State/Country of
Incorporation

Accelerated Care Plus Corp.

  Delaware

Dosteon Solutions, LLC(1)

  Maryland

Hanger Europe, N.V.(2)

  Belgium

Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics, Inc.

  Delaware

Innovative Neurotronics, Inc.

  Delaware

Linkia, LLC(1)

  Maryland

OPNET, Inc.

  Nevada

Southern Prosthetic Supply, Inc.

  Georgia

The following are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics, Inc.

   
 

ABI Orthotic/Prosthetic Laboratories, Ltd.(1)

  Ohio
 

Advanced Prosthetics of America, Inc.

  Florida
 

Creative Orthotics & Prosthetics, Inc.

  New York
 

Colorado Professional Medical, Inc.

  Colorado
 

Dibello's Dynamic Orthotics and Prosthetics, Inc.

  Texas
 

Eugene Teufel & Son Orthotics & Prosthetics, Inc.

  Pennsylvania
 

Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics East, Inc.

  Delaware
 

Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics West, Inc.

  California
 

Liberty Health Services, LLC(1)

  Delaware
 

Nebraska Orthotic & Prosthetic Services, Inc.

  Nebraska
 

Orthopedic Rehabilitation Products, Ltd.

  Colorado
 

The Brace Shop Prosthetic Orthotic Centers, Inc.

  Ohio
 

Wasatch Orthotics & Pedorthics, LLC(1)

  Utah

The following are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Hanger Prosthetics & Orthotics West, Inc.

   
 

Elite Care, Incorporated.

  Arizona
 

Hattingh Holdings, Inc.

  Washington

The following are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Accelerated Care Plus Corp.

   
 

ACP Medical Supply Corporation

  California

(1)
Limited Liability Company

(2)
Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc. owns 60% of Hanger Europe, N.V., a Belgian limited liability company.



QuickLinks

SUBSIDIARIES OF HANGER ORTHOPEDIC GROUP, INC.

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-169203, 333-135433, 333-108470 and 333-91506) and Form S-3 (No. 333-153156) of Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc. of our report dated March 11, 2011 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Austin, Texas
March 11, 2011




QuickLinks

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Exhibit 31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Rule 13a-14(a)
or 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

I, Thomas F. Kirk, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation, and

d)
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:    March 11, 2011   /s/ THOMAS F. KIRK

Thomas F. Kirk
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)



Exhibit 31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Rule 13a-14(a)
or 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

I, George E. McHenry, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation, and

d)
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:    March 11, 2011   /s/ GEORGE E. MCHENRY

George E. McHenry
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer



QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32

Written Statement of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

        Solely for the purposes of complying with 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Hanger Orthopedic Group, Inc. (the "Company"), hereby certify, based on our knowledge, that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2010 (the "Report") fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ THOMAS F. KIRK

Thomas F. Kirk
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
   

/s/ GEORGE E. MCHENRY

George E. McHenry
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

 

 

March 11, 2011

 

 



QuickLinks

Written Statement of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002